Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET
Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET
Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
GROUP – A<br />
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />
First Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />
Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />
AS – 1001 Applied Maths – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1002 Applied Physics – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 1001 Engg. Graphics Drawing 0 0 6 6 100 50 - - 150<br />
HU – 1003 Comm. & Pr<strong>of</strong>. skills in English 3 1 0 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
EC – 1001 Basic Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
CS – 1001 Introduction to Computers & Programming in C 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />
AS – 1003 Applied Physics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
EC – 1002 Basic Electronics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1002/<br />
IT – 1001<br />
Workshop Practice I/Information Technology<br />
Trainer Workshop I<br />
- - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />
CS – 1002 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
TOTAL 15 5 15 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
Note :-<br />
1. In campus 4 week vocational training for all branches will be held after the second semester and credit for the same will be given in the 3 rd Semester.<br />
In place <strong>of</strong> this UIIT will go for this 4 week vocational training during winter vacation at the end <strong>of</strong> 1 st Semester. However, Credits for the same will<br />
be given in the 3 rd Semester.<br />
2. Vocational Training consists <strong>of</strong> extended workshop training in shops <strong>of</strong> Carpentry, fitting, foundry, Welding and Electrical Workshop.<br />
3. Course Nos. AS-1001 and AS-1002 will be common for Groups A and B in First Semester.
GROUP – B<br />
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />
First Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />
Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />
AS – 1001 Applied Maths – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1002 Applied Physics – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1004/<br />
IT – 1002<br />
Chemistry/Foundation <strong>of</strong> Information<br />
Technology<br />
3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
HU – 1002 Science, Technology & Society 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
EE – 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 1003 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />
AS – 1005/<br />
IT – 1003<br />
Applied Chemistry Lab / MATLAB Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
EE – 1002 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1004<br />
IT – 1004<br />
Workshop Practice II / Information Technology<br />
Trainer Workshop II<br />
1 - 3 4 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1005 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
TOTAL 20 6 9 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
Note :-<br />
1. University Institute <strong>of</strong> Information Technology (UIIT) will <strong>of</strong>fer Information Technology Trainer Workshop I/II (IT – 101) / (IT – 104) in place <strong>of</strong> Workshop I/II<br />
(ME – 102) / (ME – 104).<br />
2. Course Nos. AS-1006 and AS-1007 will be common for Groups A and B in Second Semester.
GROUP – A<br />
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />
Second Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />
Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />
AS – 1006 Applied Maths – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1007 Applied Physics – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1004/<br />
IT – 1002<br />
Chemistry/Foundation <strong>of</strong> Information<br />
Technology<br />
3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
HU – 1002 Science, Technology & Society 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
EE – 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 1003 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />
AS – 1005/<br />
IT – 1003<br />
Applied Chemistry Lab/MATLAB Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100
EE – 1002 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1004/<br />
IT – 1004<br />
Workshop Practice II / Information Technology<br />
Trainer Workshop II<br />
1 - 3 4 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1005 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
TOTAL 20 6 9 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
Note: -<br />
1. University Institute <strong>of</strong> Information Technology (UIIT) will <strong>of</strong>fer Information Technology Trainer Workshop I/II (IT – 1001) / (IT – 1004) in place <strong>of</strong><br />
Workshop I/II (ME – 1002) / (ME – 1004).<br />
2. Vocational Training consists <strong>of</strong> extended workshop training in shops <strong>of</strong> Carpentry, fitting, foundry, Welding and Electrical Workshop.<br />
3. Course Nos. AS-1001 and AS-1002 will be common for Groups A and B in First Semester.<br />
GROUP – B
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />
Second Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />
Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />
AS – 1006 Applied Maths – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1007 Applied Physics – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 1001 Engg. Graphics Drawing 0 0 6 6 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS – 1001 Comm. & Pr<strong>of</strong>. skills in English 3 1 0 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
EC – 1001 Basic Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
CS – 1001 Introduction to Computers & Programming in C 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />
AS – 1004 Applied Physics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
EC – 1002 Basic Electronics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 1002/ IT<br />
– 1001<br />
Workshop Practice I / Information Technology<br />
Trainer Workshop I<br />
- - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />
CS – 1002 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
TOTAL 15 5 15 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
Note: -<br />
1. In campus 4 week vocational training for all branches will be held after the second semester and credit for the same will be given in the 3 rd Semester. In place <strong>of</strong><br />
this UIIT will go for this 4 week vocational training during winter vacation at the end <strong>of</strong> 1 st Semester. However, Credits for the same will be given in the 3 rd<br />
Semester.<br />
2. Course Nos. AS-1006 and AS-1007 will be common for Groups A and B in Second Semester.
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />
Third Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
AS – 3004 Advanced Math & Computer Programming 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS(ID) – 3002 Principles <strong>of</strong> Engg. Eco. & Mgmt. 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 3002 Applied Thermodynamics 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 3003 S.O.M. –I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 3004 Machine Drawing 1 - 6 7 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 3005 Fluid Mechanics 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing/design<br />
AS – 3005 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 50 50 100<br />
ME – 3006 Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 3007 S.O.M. lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME (ID) – 3001 Vocational training - - - - - - 50 50 100<br />
18 4 12 34 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
1
2 ND YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING<br />
Semester IV Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
ME – 4001<br />
Metrology & Interchangeability. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 4002 Manufacturing Technology – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 4003 Strength <strong>of</strong> Material-II. 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
AS/ME-4004 Computer based Numerical Analysis 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 4005 Heat Power Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 4006 Material Science & Engineering 3 0 - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing /design<br />
ME – 4007 Manufacturing Practice - I - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />
AS/ME-4008 Computer based Numerical Analysis Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 4009 Heat Power Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 4010 Material science Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
19 5 9 33 1300<br />
› 4 weeks Industrial Training at end <strong>of</strong> IV Semester.<br />
2
3 rd YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING<br />
Semester V Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
ME – 5001 Kinematics <strong>of</strong> machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 5002 Machine Design –I 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 5003 Fluid Machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 5004 I.C. Engines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 5005 Manufacturing Tech.-II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing /design<br />
ME – 5006 Kinematics <strong>of</strong> machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 5007 Fluid Machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 5008 I.C. Engines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 5009 Manufacturing Practice-II - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 5010 Autocad Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 5011 Industrial training 50 50 100<br />
16 5 11 32 500 250 300 300 1350<br />
3
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />
Sixth Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
ME – 6001 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 6002 Machine Design -II 4 2 - 6 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 6003 Machine Tools 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 6004 Measurement & controls 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 6005 Industrial Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 6006 Heat Transfer 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing /design<br />
ME – 6007 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 6008 Heat Transfer Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 6009 Measurement & Control Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 6010 Seminar & G.D - - 2 2 - - - 50 50<br />
19 6 8 33 600 300 150 200 1250<br />
› 6 weeks Industrial Training at end <strong>of</strong> VI Semester.<br />
4
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />
Semester VII Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
ME – 7001 <strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibrations 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 7002 Automobile – Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 7003 Ref. & Air-cond. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 7004 Operations Research 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 7005 Mechatronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 7006 Dept. Elective – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing /design<br />
ME – 7007 Automobile – Engg.Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 7008 Ref. & Air Cond. Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 7009 Minor project - - 4 4 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 7010 Industrial Training - - - - - - 50 50 100<br />
19 6 8 33 600 300 200 200 1300<br />
DEPARTMENTAL ELEECTIVE - I<br />
Optimization Methods <strong>of</strong><br />
Engineering Systems<br />
ME – 7011 Computer aided vehicle design ME – 7016<br />
Machine Tool Design ME - 7012 Flexible Manufacturing<br />
System<br />
ME – 7017<br />
Total Quality Control ME - 7013 Non – Conventional Energy<br />
Sources<br />
ME – 7018<br />
Pumps, Blowers and Compressors ME – 7014 Design <strong>of</strong> Heat Exchangers ME – 7019<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Air Conditioning<br />
Systems<br />
ME - 7015 Experimental Stress Analysis ME - 7020<br />
5
Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />
Eighth Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />
Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />
ME – 8001 CAD 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 8002 Power Plant Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
ME – 8003 Entrepreneurship Development 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />
xx-xxxx Deptt. Elective-II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
xx-xxxx Open Elective 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />
Practical/ drawing /design<br />
ME – 8005 CAD Lab - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 8006 Major Project › - - 9 9 - - 100 150 250<br />
ME – 8007 Entrepreneurship Development<br />
Laboratory<br />
- - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />
ME – 8008 Comprehensive Viva- Voce - - - - - - 100 100<br />
15 4 14 33 500 250 300 250 1300<br />
› Major Project to start in 7 th Semester and continue in 8 th Semester.<br />
6
Maintenance Engineering ME - 8010<br />
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVES - II<br />
Material Handling and Plant Layout ME – 8015<br />
Robotics Engineering ME - 8011 Gas Turbines and Jet propulsion ME – 8016<br />
Ergonomics and Workplace ME – 8012 Emerging Automotive Technologies ME – 8017<br />
Design<br />
Modern Manufacturing Processes ME - 8013 Theory <strong>of</strong> Elasticity and Plasticity ME - 8018<br />
Cryogenics Engineering ME – 8014 Advance Operation Research ME - 8019<br />
7
Group – A<br />
1
Applied Maths-I (AS-1001)<br />
Course Code AS-1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Maths-I<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />
30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section<br />
E will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />
type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
end examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the<br />
respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section A<br />
Function <strong>of</strong> several variables, limits and continuity, partial derivatives, higher order partial<br />
derivatives, Euler’s theorem, Jacobians, maxima <strong>of</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> two variables. Lagrange’s<br />
method <strong>of</strong> multipliers, double and triple integrals, change <strong>of</strong> variables, applications <strong>of</strong> double<br />
and triple integrals, beta and gamma functions.<br />
Section B<br />
Reductions formulae, definite integral as limit <strong>of</strong> a sum, area under a curve, length <strong>of</strong> an arc <strong>of</strong><br />
a curve. Linear differential equations <strong>of</strong> second order with constant coefficients:<br />
complementary functions, particular integrals, Euler homogeneous form, and variation <strong>of</strong><br />
parameters. Convergence <strong>of</strong> series, Taylor’s theorem with remainder, power series expansion<br />
<strong>of</strong> functions, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series.<br />
Section C<br />
Matrices: review <strong>of</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> determinants. Elementary operations on matrices.<br />
Homogeneous and nonhomogenius system <strong>of</strong> linear equations and their properties, bilinear,<br />
quadratic, hermitian and skew-hermeitian forms. Eigenvalues <strong>of</strong> hermitian, skew-hermitian and<br />
unitary matrices.<br />
Section D<br />
Complex analytic functions: brief review <strong>of</strong> complex numbers, complex variable, concept <strong>of</strong><br />
limit, continuity and derivatives <strong>of</strong> analytical function, cauchy-riemann equations, harmonic<br />
function, complex series, some elementary functions, logarithm.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Kryszig, Thomas-Finny, Advanced Engineering Mathematics.<br />
2. S.S. Sastri, “Engineering Mathematics (2 nd edition) Vol-I and Vol-II.<br />
3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics.<br />
4. Piskunov, Differential and Integral Calculus.<br />
5. R.K.Jain and S.R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering, Mathematics.<br />
6. Michael D. Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics.<br />
2
Applied Physics-I (AS-1002)<br />
Course Code AS-1002 Credits-3 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Physics-I<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />
30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />
will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section A<br />
Physical Optics: Interference-division <strong>of</strong> wavefront-fresnel’s biprism, division <strong>of</strong> amplititude,<br />
interference by Newton’s rings, michelson’s interferometer and its applications.<br />
Diffraction- difference between fraunh<strong>of</strong>er and fresnel diffraction through slit, plane<br />
transmission grating, its dispersal and resolving powers Polarization- polarized and unpolarised<br />
light, double refraction, nicol prism, quarter and half wave plates, polarimetry, biquartz and<br />
laurents half shade polarimeters, simple concepts <strong>of</strong> photoelasticity.<br />
Special theory <strong>of</strong> Realitivity: Michelson-Moreley experiments, Realiticistic transformations,<br />
Variation <strong>of</strong> mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence.<br />
Section B<br />
Wave and oscillations: Simple harmonic oscillations, simple concept <strong>of</strong> harmonic oscillator,<br />
resonance, quality factor, E.M wave theory, Review <strong>of</strong> basic ideas, Maxwell’s equations and<br />
their experimental basis. Simple plane wave equations, simple concepts <strong>of</strong> wave-guides and coaxial<br />
cables, poynting vector.<br />
Dielelectrics: Molecular Theory, polarization, displacement susceptibility, dielectric<br />
coefficient, permitivity and various relations between these Gauss’s law in the presence <strong>of</strong><br />
dielectric, energy stored in an electric field. Behavior <strong>of</strong> dielectric in field –simple concepts,<br />
dielectric losses.<br />
Section C<br />
Quantum Physics: Difficulities with classical physics, Introduction to quantum mechanicssimple<br />
concepts, discovery <strong>of</strong> Planck’s constant. De Broglie Waves, Phase and Group<br />
Velocities, Particle diffraction, Uncertainty Principle, the wave equation, Postulates <strong>of</strong> quantum<br />
mechanics, Time dependent and independent Schrodinger equation, Expectation Values, Eigen<br />
Values and Eigen functions, Particle in a box, Finite Potential Well, Tunnel Effect, Harmonic<br />
oscillator. Statistical distributions, Maxwell Boltzmann Statistics, Quantum statistics.<br />
3
Section D<br />
Nuclear Physics: Neutron cross-section, nuclear fission, moderators, nuclear reactors, reactor<br />
criticality, interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter-basic concepts, Radiation Detectors-ionization<br />
chamber, G.M counter, scintillations & solid state detectors, cloud Chamber & bubble<br />
chamber.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Arthur Beiser, Concepts <strong>of</strong> Modern Physics, 5 th International edition Tata McGraw Hill<br />
2. Wehr, Richards & Adair, Physics <strong>of</strong> the Atom.<br />
3. A.S.Vasudeva, Modern Engg. Physics.<br />
4
Engg. Graphics Drawing (ME-1001)<br />
Course Code ME-1001 Credits-4 L-2, T-0, P-4<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Engg. Graphics Drawing<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 66 (L=22, P=44)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2)<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50 Min. Pass Marks: 54%<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section<br />
E will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />
type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
end examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the<br />
respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
3. This course will be conducted in drawing hall fitted with drawing tables and drafters.<br />
Section A<br />
Drawing Techniques: Various type <strong>of</strong> lines, principal <strong>of</strong> dimensioning, size and location as<br />
per IS code <strong>of</strong> practice (SP-46) for general engg. Drawing. Practice <strong>of</strong> drawing, various types<br />
<strong>of</strong> lines and dimensioning exercises. Drawing exercises pertaining to symbols. Conventions and<br />
Exercise <strong>of</strong> lettering techniques. Free hand printing <strong>of</strong> letters and numerals in 3, 5, 8 and 12<br />
mm sizes, vertical and inclined at 75 degree. Instrumental lettering in single stroke. Linear<br />
Scale, Diagonal scale & vernier scale.<br />
Projection <strong>of</strong> Points, Lines and Planes: Concept <strong>of</strong> horizontal and vertical planes. First and third<br />
angle projections: projections <strong>of</strong> point and lines, true length <strong>of</strong> lines and their horizontal and<br />
vertical traces, projection <strong>of</strong> planes and their traces. Auxiliary planes.<br />
Section B<br />
Projections <strong>of</strong> Solids: Right regular solids <strong>of</strong> revolution and polyhedrons etc. and their<br />
auxiliary views.<br />
Section C<br />
Sectioning <strong>of</strong> Solids: Principal <strong>of</strong> sanctioning, types <strong>of</strong> sanctioning and their practice on<br />
projection <strong>of</strong> solids, sectioning by auxiliary planes.<br />
Isometric Projection: Concept <strong>of</strong> isometric views: isometric scale and exercise on isometric<br />
views.<br />
Section D<br />
Practice In: Orthographic projections<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> Surfaces: Development <strong>of</strong> surfaces <strong>of</strong> cylinders, cones, pyramid, prism etc.<br />
exercises involving development <strong>of</strong> unique surfaces like Y-piece, hopper, tray, truncated pieces<br />
etc.<br />
5
Intersection <strong>of</strong> Surfaces: Intersection <strong>of</strong> cylinders, cones and prisms with their axes being<br />
vertical, horizontal or inclines. Exercise on intersection <strong>of</strong> solids-cylinder and cylinder, cylinder<br />
and cone, prism and prism.<br />
Note: Some exercise in each Section should be done using Auto CAD.<br />
Books:<br />
1. N.D. Bhatt, Elementary Engineering Drawing.<br />
2. P.S.Gill, Engineering Drawing & Engg. Graphics.<br />
3. L.V. Lakshminarayan & R.S. Vaish Engineering Graphics.<br />
4. N.D. Bhatt and V.M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry, 44 th Edition<br />
2002, Charotar Publishing House.<br />
5. James D. Bethune, Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD 2002, Publisher-Pearson Education.<br />
6. P.S.Gill, engineering Graphics and Drawing, S.K.Kataria and Sons Millennium Edition.<br />
7. T. Jeyapoovan, Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000, 1 st Edition 2002, Vikas<br />
Publishing House.<br />
8. K. Venugopal: Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD 4 th Edition, New Age<br />
International Publishers Ltd. New Delhi.<br />
6
Communication & Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Skills in English (HU-1003)<br />
Course Code HU-1003 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Communication & Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Skills in English<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />
30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />
will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section A<br />
Reading Skills: The skill <strong>of</strong> effective reading – eye movements, fixations, regression and visual<br />
wandering, the right approach to reading.; Factors affecting the style <strong>of</strong> reading – reader related<br />
material related and environmental; Memory, retention, association <strong>of</strong> red material.<br />
Kinds <strong>of</strong> Reading: Introduction to phonetics – familiarization with speech sound and their<br />
symbols – articulation <strong>of</strong> speech sounds – stress and intonation.<br />
Grammar: Word building use <strong>of</strong> punctuation marks, articles, tenses, abbreviations, prepositions,<br />
idioms & phrases transformation <strong>of</strong> sentences, incorrect to correct English, single word for a<br />
group <strong>of</strong> words.<br />
Section B<br />
Writing Skills: Business letters: principles, structure and style <strong>of</strong> writing business i.e., sales<br />
letters, claim and adjustment letters, inviting quotations/tenders, writing a memo, job application<br />
letters, preparing a personal resume; Effective Meetings: Qualities i.e. planning, processing the<br />
discussion, conducting a meeting use <strong>of</strong> different type <strong>of</strong> questions, summaries, handling problem<br />
situations and problem people, writing notices, agenda and minutes <strong>of</strong> meetings; Report writing:<br />
Characteristics, types <strong>of</strong> reports, structure <strong>of</strong> technical/research reports, preparatory steps to<br />
report writing; Elements <strong>of</strong> style: Definition <strong>of</strong> style, characteristics <strong>of</strong> a good technical style –<br />
practical hints to improve the style <strong>of</strong> writing ; précis writing; Comprehension <strong>of</strong> passages (May<br />
be picked up from the books recommended for reading).<br />
Section C<br />
Listening Skills: Barriers to listening, effective listening and feedback skills, Telephone<br />
techniques. Considerations <strong>of</strong> listening and voice, developing telephone skills – preparing for the<br />
call, controlling the call follow up action. Handling difficult calls and difficult callers.<br />
Section D<br />
Speaking And Discussion Skills: Effective speaking: Preparation i.e., deciding the objective,<br />
preparing the environments, organizing the material selection <strong>of</strong> words, voice modulation, speed,<br />
expression, body language, dealing with questions, dealing with nervousness, presentation <strong>of</strong><br />
7
audio-visual aids; Group Discussions: The art <strong>of</strong> participating in group discussion i.e., initiative ,<br />
cooperation with group members, analysis <strong>of</strong> the issue, putting one’s views effectively,<br />
establishing leadership.<br />
Assignments / Seminars / discussions may be given for following skill development.<br />
a) Word processing a document<br />
b) Report writing<br />
c) Preparing agenda for meeting<br />
d) Preparing minutes <strong>of</strong> the meeting / seminars.<br />
e) Press Releases<br />
f) Preparing a Brochure<br />
g) Advertisements<br />
h) Preparing a power point slide show on a PC / OHP<br />
i) Any other exercise decided by the course Pr<strong>of</strong>essor.<br />
Recommended Books:<br />
1. Sheila HA Smith, M and Thomas, L., Methuen, Reading to Learn; London, 1982.<br />
2. McGraw, SJ;Basic Managerial Skills for all, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi 1991<br />
3. Technical Reporting Writing British Association for commercial and Industrial Education,<br />
BACIE, 1992<br />
4. Chrissie Wright (Ed.); Handbook <strong>of</strong> Practical Communication Skills; JAICO Books<br />
5. K.K.Sinha, Business Communication, Galgotia Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1999.<br />
6. English Grammar<br />
7. David Cameron, Mastering Modern English.<br />
8. Robert L. Shuster, Written Communication in Business.<br />
9. Ron Ludlow & Ferous panton. The Essence <strong>of</strong> Effective Communication.<br />
10. Ragmond & Petit, business Communication.<br />
11. Common Errors in English, by Sudha Publication (P) Ltd., B-5, Prabhat Kiran Building,<br />
Rajendra Place, New Delhi – 110008.<br />
12. Abul Hashem, Common Errors in English, Ramesh Publishing House, Daryagang New<br />
Delhi.<br />
13. Objective English by Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
14. R.K.Bansal & J.B. Harrison, spoken English for India, Orient Longman.<br />
15. Veena Kumar, The Sounds <strong>of</strong> English, Makaav Educational S<strong>of</strong>tware, New Delhi.<br />
16. R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan, Business Correspondence and Report writing, Tat McGraw<br />
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi<br />
17. Group Discussion by Sudha Publications and Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.<br />
Recommended Readings<br />
1. Business @ The Speed <strong>of</strong> thought, Bill Gates.<br />
2. My Experiments with Truth, M.K.Ghandhi<br />
3. Wings <strong>of</strong> Fire, A.P.J. Kalam<br />
4. An Autobiography, Jwahar Lal Nehru.<br />
8
Basic Electronics (EC – 1001)<br />
Course Code EC -1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic Electronics<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />
30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />
will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section -A<br />
Brief review <strong>of</strong> Band Theory, transport phenomenon in semiconductors, Electrons and holes in<br />
Intrinsic semiconductor, Donor and acceptor Impurities, charge densities in semiconductor.<br />
PN Junction, Reverse and Forward bias conditions, Diode Characteristic and parameter, Ideal vs.<br />
Practical diode.equivalent circuits and frequency response. rectification-half and full wave,<br />
Zener and Avalanche diode, its role as regulator, photodiode.<br />
Section B<br />
Bipolar junction transistor (BJT) and their characteristics as circuit and gain elements.<br />
Two port network analysis, h-parameters and trans-conductance. Equivalent circuits for JFET<br />
and MOSFET, enhancement mode and depletion mode MOSFETS.<br />
Unijunction transistor (UJT), UJT characteristics, parameters and circuit operation.<br />
Section C<br />
Bias for transistor amplifier: fixed bias, emitter feed back bias. Feedback principles. Types <strong>of</strong><br />
feedback, Stabilization <strong>of</strong> gain, reduction <strong>of</strong> non-linear distortion, change <strong>of</strong> inputs and output<br />
resistance by negative feedback in amplifier. Amplifiers coupling, types <strong>of</strong> coupling, Amplifier<br />
pass band, Eq circuits for BJT at high frequency response <strong>of</strong> CE, RC-Coupled amplifiers at mid,<br />
low and high frequencies.<br />
Section D<br />
Semi conductor processing, active and passive elements, Integrated circuits, bias for integrated<br />
circuits. Basic operational amplifier, applications <strong>of</strong> operational amplifier – adder, subtractor,<br />
Integrator, differentiator and comparator, Photo transistor: its characteristics and applications.<br />
Reference Books:-<br />
1. A.P.Malvino.Electronic Principles.<br />
2. J.D. Ryder Electronic Fundamentals and Applications.<br />
3. J.Millman and C.C.Halkias Electronic Circuits & Devices.<br />
4. J.Millman & C.C.Halkias Integrated Circuits & Devices.<br />
5. N.N.Bhargava & Kulshrestha, Electronic Devices.<br />
9
Introduction to Computer & Programming in C (CS-1001)<br />
Course Code CS-1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Introduction to Computer & Programming in C<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />
30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />
will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section A<br />
Fundamental Computer Concept: Operating system fundamentals, disk basics, VDU Basics,<br />
Keyboard basics, introduction to complier, interpreter, assembler, liner and loader and their inter<br />
relationship, Introduction to basics <strong>of</strong> Information Technology.<br />
Section B<br />
Problem solving with Computers: Algorithms, pseudocodes and Flowcharts, Debugging, testing<br />
and documentation, structure-programming concepts, top down and bottom-up design<br />
approaches. Data types, Constants, variables, arithmetic and logical expressions, data inputs and<br />
output, assignments statements, conditional statements.<br />
Section C<br />
Iteration, arrays processing, use-defined data types, functions, recursion, parameter passing by<br />
reference and by value.<br />
Section D<br />
Structure, Multiple structures, Arrays <strong>of</strong> structure, Unions,<br />
Files: reading, writing text and binary files, pointers, character pointers, pointers to arrays, arrays<br />
<strong>of</strong> pointer to structures.<br />
(The programming language C is to be taught along with the course in detail.)<br />
Books:<br />
1. Kanetkar, “Let us C”, BPB Publications<br />
2. Richie and Kerningham, “C Programming”<br />
3. V Rajaraman “Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> computers”<br />
4. D.Dromey, “How to solve it by computers” (Prentics Hall)<br />
5. E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming in C”, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
10
Applied Physics Lab (AS-1003)<br />
Course Code AS-1003 Credits-2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Physics Lab<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab. work (2 hrs. per week)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />
Note: (Two experiments to be done from each section, total number <strong>of</strong> experiments required to be<br />
performed 10 to be decided by the teacher concerned and availability <strong>of</strong> equipment.)<br />
Section A<br />
1. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Newton’s rings experiment.<br />
2. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Fresnel’s Biprism experiment.<br />
3. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by using the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> diffraction <strong>of</strong> light at a<br />
straight edge.<br />
4. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> various colors <strong>of</strong> white light with the help <strong>of</strong> a plane transmission<br />
diffraction grating.<br />
5. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Michelson interferometer.<br />
Section B<br />
1. To find the refractive index and cauchy’s constant <strong>of</strong> a prism by using spectrometer.<br />
2. To find the resolving power <strong>of</strong> a telescope.<br />
3. To study the beam parameters <strong>of</strong> a helium-neon laser.<br />
4. To find the specific rotation <strong>of</strong> sugar solution by using a polarimeter.<br />
5. To find the velocity <strong>of</strong> Ultrasonic Waves in a given liquid.<br />
6. To find the specific rotation <strong>of</strong> sugar using polarimeter<br />
Electricity and Magnetism<br />
Section C<br />
1. To compare the capacitances <strong>of</strong> two capacitors by De’sauty Bridge.<br />
2. To find the flashing & quenching potentials <strong>of</strong> Argon & also to find the capacitance <strong>of</strong> unknown<br />
capacitor.<br />
3. To find the temperature coefficient <strong>of</strong> resistance by using platinum resistance thermometer and<br />
Callender &n Griffith bridge.<br />
Section D<br />
1. To find the frequency <strong>of</strong> AC mains by using sonometer.<br />
2. To find the low resistance by carrey – Foster’s bridge.<br />
11
3. To find the resistance <strong>of</strong> a galvanometer by Thomson’s constant deflection method using a post<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice box.<br />
4. To find the value <strong>of</strong> high resistance by Substitution method.<br />
5. To find the value <strong>of</strong> high resistance by Leakage method.<br />
6. To convert a galvanometer into an ammeter <strong>of</strong> a given range.<br />
7. To study the variation <strong>of</strong> magnetic field with distance and to find the radius <strong>of</strong> coil by Stewart<br />
and Gee’s apparatus.<br />
8. To find the reduction factor <strong>of</strong> two turn coil <strong>of</strong> tangent galvanometer by using a copper<br />
voltameter.<br />
Modern Physics:<br />
Section E<br />
1. To find the value <strong>of</strong> e/m for electrons by Helical method.<br />
2. To determine the charge <strong>of</strong> an electron by Millikan’s oil drop method.<br />
3. To find the ionization potential <strong>of</strong> Argon. Mercury using a thyratron tube.<br />
4. To find the value <strong>of</strong> Planck’s constant by using a photoelectric cell.<br />
Section F<br />
1. To study the various crystal structures using Beed Model.<br />
2. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve for a given sample.<br />
3. To determine the band gap <strong>of</strong> an intrinsic semiconductor by four probe method.<br />
4. To determine the resisitivity <strong>of</strong> a semi-conductor by four probe method at different temperatures.<br />
5. To determine the Hall co-efficient.<br />
6. To study the photovoltaic cell & hence to verify the inverse square law.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Practical Physics-S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar.<br />
2. Advanced Practical Physics Vol. I & II – S.P. Singh<br />
3. Practical Physics for B.Sc I, II and III - C.L.Arora.<br />
12
Basic Electronics Lab (EC-1002)<br />
Course Code EC-1002 Credits-2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic Electronics Lab<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 24 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab. work (2 hrs. per week)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Laboratory<br />
Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. (a) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> using an oscilloscope as a measuring device in an electronic<br />
laboratory.<br />
(b) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> using a multimeter (digital and analog) as a measuring device<br />
in an electronics laboratory.<br />
(c) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> function generator as a signal source in an electronics<br />
laboratory.<br />
Set up an experiment to:<br />
2. Draw forward bias and reverse bias characteristics <strong>of</strong> a pn junction diode and use it as a half<br />
wave and full wave rectifier.<br />
3. Draw the characteristics <strong>of</strong> a zener diode and use it as a voltage regulator.<br />
4. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common base configuration <strong>of</strong> pnp transistor.<br />
5. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common emitter configuration <strong>of</strong> an npn transistor.<br />
6. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common drain configuration <strong>of</strong> a MOSFET.<br />
7. Find the voltage and current gain <strong>of</strong> single stage common emitter amplifier.<br />
8. Draw the characteristics curve <strong>of</strong> UJT.<br />
9. Find the voltage gain <strong>of</strong> single stage voltage series feedback amplifier.<br />
10. Use operational amplifier as<br />
I) Inverting amplifier<br />
II) Non-inverting amplifier<br />
III) Comparator<br />
11. Use operational amplifier as<br />
I) Integrator<br />
II) Differentiator<br />
12. Use operational amplifier as<br />
I) Adder<br />
II) Precision amplifier<br />
13. Find the overall voltage gain and current gain <strong>of</strong> a two stage RC coupled amplifier.<br />
13
Basic electronics should stress on interfacing with real life devices and general-purpose linear units.<br />
Emphasis is on system design and not on discrete components, some <strong>of</strong> the components around which<br />
exercises can be built are<br />
1. SCR as triacs and power control.<br />
2. Power supplies starting with zener.<br />
3. Op to compliers and isolations where photo diode, transistors, leds are used.<br />
4. Laser diode (laser pointer)<br />
5. Op amps<br />
6. Op amps for instrument amplifiers.<br />
Note: - Record to be maintained in the laboratory record book for evaluation. Usage <strong>of</strong> breadboard<br />
approach to be encouraged.<br />
14
Workshop Practice-I (ME-1002)<br />
Course Code ME-1002 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-4<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Workshop Practice-I<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 65 hrs. (2 hrs. each) (L=13, Lab Session=26 (2 hrs. each))<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Laboratory<br />
Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments: -<br />
Fitting Shop: -<br />
Introduction to the tools used in Fitting Shop and various processes in Fitting shop.<br />
1. To make a square piece <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />
2. To make V-matching joint <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />
3. To make a V-notch.<br />
Machine Shop: -<br />
Introduction to various machine tools and machine parts, such as Lathes, drilling machine, grinders etc.<br />
Cutting tools and operations.<br />
1. Facing and turning on mild steel rod on Lathe Machine.<br />
2. To make a groove on lathe machine.<br />
3. Taper turning operation on Lathe Machine.<br />
Carpentry and Pattern making Shop: -<br />
Carpentry and Pattern Making Various types <strong>of</strong> timber and practice boards, defects in timber,<br />
seasoning <strong>of</strong> wood, tools, operations and joints. Introduction to the tools used in carpentry shop.<br />
1. To make the ‘T’ lap joint.<br />
2. To make ‘T’ Dove-tail joint.<br />
3. To make Mortise & Tennon joint.<br />
Welding Shop: -<br />
Introduction to different welding methods, welding equipment, electrodes, welding joints, awareness<br />
<strong>of</strong> welding defects.<br />
1. To make a lap joint.<br />
2. To make a T joint.<br />
3. To make a V-butt joint.<br />
15
Smithy and Forging: -<br />
Introduction to forging tools, equipments and operations, Forgability <strong>of</strong> metals.<br />
1. To make a ring <strong>of</strong> mild steel by cold forging process.<br />
2. To make S-hook by hot forging process.<br />
3. To make chisel by hot forging process.<br />
Foundry Shop: -<br />
Introduction to moulding materials, moulds, use <strong>of</strong> cores, melting furnaces, tools and equipment used<br />
in Foundry.<br />
1. Make a single piece pattern mould.<br />
2. To make spilt pattern mould.<br />
3. To make mould and core and assemble it.<br />
Electrical and Electronics Shop: -<br />
1. Introduction to electric wiring.<br />
2. Exercises preparation <strong>of</strong> PCBs, involving soldering <strong>of</strong> electrical & electronic application.<br />
Books: -<br />
1. Workshop Technology by Chapman.<br />
2. Manufacturing Processes by Begman.<br />
3. Manufacturing Materials and processes by JS Campbell.<br />
Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />
concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />
group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />
16
Workshop Practice-II (ME-1004)<br />
Course Code ME-1004 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Workshop Practice-II<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 52 Hrs. (L=13, Lab Session = 20(2 hrs. each))<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Laboratory<br />
Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments: -<br />
Fitting Shop: -<br />
1. Drilling and Tapping in a M.S. piece.<br />
2. To make a male-female joint (Taper type) <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />
Machine Shop: -<br />
1. To perform boring operation on lathe machine.<br />
2. To perform knurling and threading operation on lathe machine.<br />
3. Step turning operation on a lathe machine.<br />
Carpentry and Pattern making Shop: -<br />
1. To make a single piece pattern <strong>of</strong> connecting rod.<br />
2. To make a self-cod pattern.<br />
3. To make a split pattern.<br />
Welding Shop: -<br />
1. To make a V butt joint in horizontal position.<br />
2. To make a V butt joint in vertical position.<br />
3. To perform Gas welding operation.<br />
Smithy and Forging: -<br />
1. To make a cube from a circular bar.<br />
2. To make a tong using hot forging operations.<br />
3. To perform drawing down operation.<br />
Foundry Shop: -<br />
1. To make a mould and perform casting operation.<br />
2. Study <strong>of</strong> casting defects and its remedies.<br />
Books: -<br />
1. Workshop Technology by Chapman<br />
2. Manufacturing Processes by Begman<br />
3. Manufacturing Materials and Processes by J.S. Campbell<br />
Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />
concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />
group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />
17
Information Technology Trainer Workshop-I (IT-1001)<br />
Course Code IT-1001 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-4<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Information Technology Trainer Workshop-I<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 63 Hrs. (L=13, Lab Session = 20(2 hrs. each))<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Laboratory<br />
Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
The workshop will provide training <strong>of</strong> hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware theory <strong>of</strong> a computer based on Pentium-IV<br />
CPU with windows 98 as an operating system with DMP/ DeskJet Printer/ Laser Printer.<br />
(i) Study <strong>of</strong> Computer Mother Board: -<br />
a) CPU, DMA, Wait state, RAM / ROM, NMI, Logic Address, reset, I / O Ports, Device<br />
Drivers, Power Management, Block Diagram.<br />
(ii) Study <strong>of</strong> bus, Slots and Ports: -<br />
a) ISA, EISA, VESA, PCI, MCA, AGP, USB, AMR<br />
b) Parallel, Serial – RS 232C, USB<br />
(iii) Study <strong>of</strong> Memories on a PC: -<br />
a) Memory – Types, Selection, Installation<br />
b) ROM BIAS – Types, Setup, Installation<br />
c) Floppy Drive – Types, R/W head, Control Card, Spindle Motor, Stepper Motor,<br />
Termination Resistor, Block Diagram, Write protect, Testing.<br />
d) Hard Disk – Jumper Setting, Configuration, HDC, Installation S<strong>of</strong>tware, Testing, Block<br />
Diagram.<br />
(iv) Study <strong>of</strong> Input/Output Device: -<br />
a) Monitor – Types, Working principle, Configuration, modes, scanning, Block diagram<br />
Adapter<br />
b) Card – Types, Dot pitch, Resolution.<br />
c) Keyboard – Types, Construction, Working Principle.<br />
d) Mouse – Types, Construction, Working Principle.<br />
(v) Study <strong>of</strong> Hardware, Accessories (<strong>Mechanical</strong> / Electrical): -<br />
a) Cabinet – Types, Selections<br />
b) SMPS – Rating, Green PC, EPA Compliance<br />
c) Cables – HD Cable, FDD Cable, Printer Cable.<br />
d) Connectors – 9 pin M/F, 25 Pin M/F<br />
18
(vi) Study <strong>of</strong> Printers: -<br />
a) Printers – Types, construction, working Principle, Fonts, DeskJet, Dot Matrix, Laser Jet,<br />
Line Printer, Plotters, Block Diagram<br />
(vii) Study <strong>of</strong> Multimedia Hardware Modules<br />
a) CDROM drive – Jumper setting, Installation, Cables, Block Diagram, Configuration.<br />
b) DVD drive – Types, Working Principle, Installation, Configuration<br />
c) Speakers/Mike – Different Types<br />
d) Tuner Cards – Different Types<br />
e) Digital Cameras – Different Types<br />
f) Video Conferencing Kit.<br />
(viii) Study <strong>of</strong> Clean Power Supply Equipments: -<br />
a) CVT’s<br />
b) UPS<br />
Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />
concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />
group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />
19
Computer Programming Lab. (CS -1002)<br />
Course Code CS -1002 Credits-4 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Computer Programming Lab.<br />
Lectures to be Delivered 26 Hrs. <strong>of</strong> Lab. Work (2 hrs. per week)<br />
Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />
Laboratory<br />
Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />
Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />
Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
A. Dos 6.2 (through MS-DOS prompt, usage <strong>of</strong> basic commands, idea <strong>of</strong> .bat, .sys, .com,<br />
.exe etc.and usage <strong>of</strong> an editor to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for<br />
the course).<br />
B. Windows (usage <strong>of</strong> GUI for working effectively in laboratory to be done in consultation<br />
with the faculty incharge for the course).<br />
C. Micros<strong>of</strong>t <strong>of</strong>fice (projects based on word, excel, power point, access, to prepare repots,<br />
presentations and databases to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for the<br />
course).<br />
D. Programming <strong>of</strong> fundamental algorithms in C in the form <strong>of</strong> projects in groups <strong>of</strong> two<br />
(based on how to solve it, Dromey and let us C by Kanitkar and in consultation with the<br />
faculty incharge for the course).List <strong>of</strong> Lab. exercises to be displayed in advance<br />
covering whole <strong>of</strong> the course. Tentative list is given below to be developed in the form<br />
<strong>of</strong> projects. 10 more exercises to be added by the faculty incharge.<br />
1. Write a program to find the largest <strong>of</strong> three numbers (if-then-else).<br />
2. Write a program to find the largest number out <strong>of</strong> ten numbers (for statement).<br />
3. Write a program to find the average male height & average female heights in the class<br />
(input is in form <strong>of</strong> sex code, height).<br />
4. Write a program to find roots <strong>of</strong> quadratic equation using functions and switch statement.<br />
5. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no.<br />
6. Write a program to multiply two matrices.<br />
7. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order.<br />
8. Write a program to concatenate two strings.<br />
9. Write a program to sort numbers using the Quick sort Algorithm.<br />
10. Represent a deck <strong>of</strong> playing cards using arrays.<br />
Note: - Record to be maintained both electronically and hard copy for evaluation.<br />
20
Group – B<br />
21
APPLIED MATHS – II(AS – 1006)<br />
Course Code AS – 1006 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course APPLIED MATHS – II<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />
<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />
will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />
one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />
the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Vector Calculus: Curves, ac length, tangent, curvature and torsion, Direction derivative,<br />
Gradient <strong>of</strong> a scalar field, divergence and curl <strong>of</strong> a vector field. Line, surface and volume<br />
integrals, theorem <strong>of</strong> gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s (pro<strong>of</strong>s not needed), consequences and<br />
applications.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Integral Transforms: Fourier series, Euler’s formula, even and odd functions, half range<br />
expansions. Fourier integral. Fourier and Laplace transform, Inverse transform <strong>of</strong> derivatives<br />
and integrals, shifting theorem, application to periodic functions, unit step function, impulse<br />
function.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Second order Differential Equations: Solution by: Power series method and its basis,<br />
Solution <strong>of</strong> Bessel and Legendre differential equations, properties <strong>of</strong> Bessel and Legendre<br />
functions.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Partial Differential Equations (PDE): Formulation and classification. Solution <strong>of</strong> wave<br />
equation heat equation in one dimension and Laplace equation in two dimesion by the method<br />
<strong>of</strong> separation <strong>of</strong> variables.<br />
Books:<br />
1. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.).<br />
2. S.S.Sastri, Engineering Mathematics (2 nd edition) Vol-I and Vol-II.<br />
3. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics.<br />
4. Piskunov, Differential and Integral Calculus.<br />
5. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering, Mathematics.<br />
6. Michael d.Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics.<br />
22
APPLIED PHYSICS– II(AS – 1007)<br />
Course Code AS – 1007 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course APPLIED PHYSICS – II<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Crystal Structure: Space lattice, unit cell and translation vector, miller indices, Simple crystal structure,<br />
bonding in solids, Experimental x-ray diffraction method, laue method, powder method.<br />
Free electron theory: Elements <strong>of</strong> classical free electron theory and its limitatios. Quantum theory <strong>of</strong><br />
free electrons, Fermi level, density <strong>of</strong> states, fermi dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission,<br />
Richardson’s equation.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Band Theory <strong>of</strong> Solids: Origin <strong>of</strong> energy bands, kronig, Penney Model (qualitative), E-K diagrams,<br />
Brillouin Zones, Concept <strong>of</strong> effective mass and holes, Classification into metals, semiconductors and<br />
insulators, fermi energy and its variation with temperature.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Photoconductivity & Photovoltaic: Photoconductivity in insulating crystals, variation with illumination,<br />
Effect <strong>of</strong> traps, application <strong>of</strong> photoconductivity, Photovoltaic cell and their characteristics.<br />
Properties <strong>of</strong> Solids: Atomic Magnetic Moments, Orbital Diamagnetism, Classical Theory <strong>of</strong> Para<br />
magnetism, Ferromagnetism Molecular Field theory and domains, Magnetic circuit. Its comparison with<br />
Electric circuit and its applications, Super Conductor (Introduction, Types and Applications) Hall Effect.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Laser: Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Laser action, Characteristics <strong>of</strong> Laser Beam – Concept <strong>of</strong><br />
coherence, Types <strong>of</strong> lasers based on pumping techniques, He-Ne Laser, Semiconductor Laser (simple<br />
Ideas) with applications.<br />
Fiber Optics: Optical communication: Communication through open space, optical wave guides with<br />
special reference to Propagation <strong>of</strong> light in Fibres, Numerical Aperture, single mode and multi mode<br />
Fibers, applications.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Charles Kittel: Introduction to Solid State Physics.<br />
2. B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta & P.N.Saena: Solid state Physics.<br />
3. M.B.Avadhanulu & P.G.Kshirsagar, A text book <strong>of</strong> Engineering Physics.<br />
4. Arthur Beiser, concepts <strong>of</strong> Modern Physics, 5 th International edition Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
5. A.J.Dekkar, Introduction to solid state Physics.<br />
23
CHEMISTRY(AS – 1004)<br />
Course Code AS – 1004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course CHEMISTRY<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Thermodynamics: Second law concept <strong>of</strong> Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free energy<br />
andwork functions, Free energy change Gibb’s Helmholtz equation, Clausius – Clapeyron equation,<br />
Related numerical problems with above topics.<br />
Phase Rule: Introduction, One Compondnet Sytem, Two components System (Water, Sulphur and Alloy<br />
System), thermal Analysis, auxiliary.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Water Treatment: Introduction, Sources <strong>of</strong> water, Impurities , Hardesss Anayliss, Oxidations, (BOD &<br />
COD), Boiler Corrosion Sewage & Treatment.<br />
Pollution and Control: Introductions, Types <strong>of</strong> corrosions, Electrochemical Theory, Pitting, Water Line,<br />
Differential Aerations corrosions, Stress Corrosions, Factors affecting Corrosions, Preventive measures.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Lubricants: Introductions, Fritins and Wear, Lubricants, Mechanism <strong>of</strong> Lubrications, Base oil, Additives,<br />
Greases and Emulsions.<br />
Fuel and Combustion: Introduction, class <strong>of</strong> fuels ( Solid, Liquid and Gases) Cola and its origin, Analysis<br />
<strong>of</strong> Coals, Petroleum fuels, Crude Petroleum and its refining, Cracking, Hyd<strong>of</strong>inishings and Diesel,<br />
Kerosene, Gesoline as fuels. Gases fuels, Water Gas, Gio-Gas, nuclear Fuel, Breeder Reactors.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Solid State Chemistry: Introduction, Lattices and Periodicity, Elements <strong>of</strong> Band Theory, Conductors,<br />
Insulators and Semi-Conductors, Structure Determination by I.R.NMR, X-Ray UV, Mass Spectroscopy.<br />
Catalysis: Introduction, criteria <strong>of</strong> Catalysts, Types <strong>of</strong> Catalyst, Enzyme Catalysis, Mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />
Catalysis (Homogeneous & Heterogeneous Catalysis).<br />
Books:<br />
1. Engineering Chemistry: By P.C.Jain & Monika Jain, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.<br />
2. A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Engineering Chemistry: Bu Shastri Chawla, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.<br />
3. Physical Chemistry: By R.P.Verma, Pardeep Publishers Jallandhar.<br />
4. Principles <strong>of</strong> Physical Chemistry: By Puri, Sharma, Pathania, Shobhan Lal Nagin Chand &<br />
Co.<br />
5. Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol.I & Vol.II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH).<br />
6. Physical Chemistry, P.W.Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press)<br />
7. Physical Chemistry, W.J.Moore (Orient Longman)<br />
24
FOUNDATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY(IT – 1002)<br />
Course Code IT – 1002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FOUNDATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Information concept and Processing: Definition <strong>of</strong> Information, Need for Information, Quality <strong>of</strong><br />
Information, Value <strong>of</strong> Information, Categories and Levels <strong>of</strong> information in Business Organization, Data<br />
concepts and Data Processing, data representation – Number system.<br />
Computer Appreciation: Definition <strong>of</strong> an Electronic Digital Computer, history, Generations,<br />
Characteristics and applications <strong>of</strong> Computers, classification <strong>of</strong> Computers.<br />
Elements <strong>of</strong> Computers Processing System: Hardware CPU, Peripherals, Storage Media, S<strong>of</strong>tware<br />
Definition, Role and Categories, Firmware and Human ware.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Communication: Need for communication, Data Transmission, Baud, Bandwidth, Data transmission<br />
rate, Channel Capacity, transmission impairments, Signal noise ratio.<br />
Transmission media (twisted cables, Micro wave and radio wave, Optical fiber and satellite) and<br />
communication through these media.<br />
A/D and D/A, Modulation, Multiplexing-FDM, TDM.<br />
Communication techniques: circuit switching, message switching and packet switching and their<br />
advantages and disadvantages.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Networking Essentials: Networking <strong>of</strong> Computer – Introduction <strong>of</strong> LAN and WAN, Types <strong>of</strong> LAN, Basic<br />
ISO-OSI model <strong>of</strong> LAN, client – Sever Architecture’s.<br />
Programming Language Classification: Computer Languages, Generation <strong>of</strong> Languages, Translators –<br />
Interpreters, Compilers, Assembles, Introduction to 4GLS.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Information Technology Applications: Multimedia introduction, tools graphics, sound, video and<br />
animations. Artificial intelligence (AI) – Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> AI and Expert systems.<br />
Latest IT enabled business applications: Basic concepts with definitions and short introduction <strong>of</strong><br />
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer relationship Management (CRM) Supply Chain<br />
Management (SCM), E-Commerce. Awareness <strong>of</strong> Ongoing IT Projects in India such as NICNET,<br />
ERNET, INFLIBNET etc.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Rajaram,V.: Introduction to Computer.<br />
2. Morris: Computer Organisation.<br />
3. Hamacher: Computer Organisation.<br />
4. Kanter: Managing Information System.<br />
5. Vital N: Information Technology India Tomorrow.<br />
6. Murthy C.S.V: Fundamentals & Information Technology.<br />
40<br />
25
SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY (HU – 1002)<br />
Course Code HU – 1002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50%,<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />
will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will<br />
carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two<br />
questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the<br />
sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
1. Science, Technology and Engineering, as knowledge and as social and pr<strong>of</strong>essional activities.<br />
2. Inter-relationship <strong>of</strong> technology growth and social, economic and cultural growth: historical perspective.<br />
3. Ancient, medieval and modern technology/Industrial revolution and its impact. The Indian Science and Technology.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
1. Social and Human critiques <strong>of</strong> technology: Mumford and Ellul.<br />
2. Rapid technological growth and depletion <strong>of</strong> resources. Reports <strong>of</strong> the club <strong>of</strong> Rome.<br />
3. Energy crisis; renewable energy resources.<br />
4. Environmental degradation and pollution. Eco-friendly technologies. Environmental regulations. Environmental ethics.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
1. Technology and the arms race. The nuclear threat.<br />
2. Appropriate technology movement Schumacher; later developments.<br />
3. Technology and the developing nations. Problems <strong>of</strong> technology transfer. Technology assessment/impact analysis.<br />
4. Human operator in Engineering projects and industries Problems <strong>of</strong> man machine interaction. Impact <strong>of</strong> assembly line<br />
and automation. Human centered technology.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
1. Industrial hazards and safety. Safety regulations. Safety Engineering.<br />
2. Politics and technology. Authoritarian versus democratic control <strong>of</strong> technology. Social and ethical audit <strong>of</strong> industrial<br />
organizations.<br />
3. Engineering pr<strong>of</strong>ession. Ethical issues in Engineering practice, Conflicts between business demands and<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essional ideals. Social and Ethical responsibilities <strong>of</strong> the engineer. Codes <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics. Whistle blowing<br />
and beyond. Case studies.<br />
BOOKS:<br />
1. Appleyard, R.ed. 1989. the impact <strong>of</strong> international migration on developing countries paris: OECD.<br />
2. Barger, Bernard 1952 science and the social order New York: Free Press.<br />
3. Gaillard, J 1991. Scientists in the third world Lexington: Kentucky University Press.<br />
4. Gaillard, J., V.V.Krishna and R.Waast, eds. 1997. Scientific communities in the developing world New Delhi: Sage.<br />
5. Kamala Cahubey ed. 1974. Science policy and national development New Delhi: Macmillan.<br />
6. Krishna, V.V.1993. S.S.Bhatnagar on science, technology and development 1938-54 New Delhi: Wiley Eastern.<br />
7. Kornhauser, William, 1962 Scientists in industry, Berkley; University <strong>of</strong> California Press, price, Derek J.dSolla, 1963<br />
little science, big science New York Columbia University Press.<br />
8. Rahman, A.1972 Trimurti: Science, Technology and society – A collection <strong>of</strong> essays New Delhi: Peoples Publishing<br />
House.<br />
9. Storer, Norman W.1966. The social system <strong>of</strong> science New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston.<br />
10. UNCTAD/CSIR Case study in reverse transfer <strong>of</strong> technology: A survey <strong>of</strong> problems and policy in India Doc.<br />
TD/B/C.6AC.4/6 and Corr.1, Geneva.<br />
11. Crne, Diana. 1965. “scientists at major and minor universities: A study <strong>of</strong> productivity and recognition’” American<br />
sociological review, 30 (5) , Pp. 699-714.<br />
12. Coler, Myron A.ed 1963 Essays on the creativity in the sciences New York: New York University Press.<br />
13. Debroy, Bibek. 1996. Beyond the Uruguay round: The Indian perspective on GATT New Delhi: Sage.<br />
14. Gilpin, Robert, and Christopher Wright eds. 1964. Scientists and national policy making New York: Columbia<br />
University Press.<br />
15. Kumar, Nagesh and N.S.Siddharthan. 1997. Technology, market structures and internationalization: Issues and<br />
policies for developing countries London: Routlege and the united National University.<br />
16. MacLeod, Roy and Deepak Kumar, 1995. Technology and the raj: Western technology and technical transfers to<br />
India, 1700-1947 New Delhi: Saga.<br />
17. Merton, Robert K.1938. “Science, technology and society in seventeenth – century England” Osiris (Bruges,<br />
Belgium), 14 Pp.360-632.<br />
26
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (EE – 1001)<br />
Course Code EE – 1001 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total<br />
marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have<br />
two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the<br />
subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section A:<br />
D.C. circuits: Ohm’s law, Kirch<strong>of</strong>f’s Laws, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, superposition<br />
theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Reciprocity, Compensation, Millman and<br />
Tellegan’s Theorem . D.C. circuits, Nodal and Mesh analysis.<br />
A.C. circuits: Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak values, RMS and average<br />
values, phase angle, polar and rectangular, exponential and trigonometric<br />
representations RL and C components, behavior <strong>of</strong> these components in A.C. circuits,<br />
concept <strong>of</strong> complex power, power factor.<br />
Transient Response: transient response RL, RC and RLC circuits with step input.<br />
Section B:<br />
Series and Parallel A.C. circuits: Series and Parallel A.C. circuit, Series and Parallel<br />
resonance. Q factor, cut <strong>of</strong>f frequency and bandwidth.<br />
Three phase circuits: Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta<br />
circuits, power equation, measurement <strong>of</strong> power by 2-wattmeter method, importance<br />
<strong>of</strong> earthing.<br />
Section C:<br />
Transformers: Principle, construction and working <strong>of</strong> transformer, Efficiency and<br />
regulation.<br />
Electrical Machines: Introduction to D.C. Machines, induction motor, Synchronous<br />
machines.<br />
Section D:<br />
Measuring Instruments: Voltmeter, Ammeter, Wattmeter, Energy meter.<br />
Batteries: Storage batteries:- Types, construction, charging and discharging, capacity<br />
and efficiency.<br />
Books:<br />
27
1. Kothari & Nagarath: Basic Electrical Engg. (2 nd Edition), TMH.<br />
2. B.L. Theraja & A.K. Theraja, S.Chand: Electrical Technology(Vol-1).<br />
Deltoro: Electrical Engg Fundamentals, PHI.<br />
BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING( ME – 1003)<br />
Course Code ME - 1003 Credits: 4 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests (2) 50%,<br />
Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
First Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Essence and corollaries <strong>of</strong> the first law, analytical expressions applicable to a process and cycle, internal energy,<br />
enthalpy and specific heats, first law analysis <strong>of</strong> steady flow, applications <strong>of</strong> steady flow energy equation to<br />
engineering devices.<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> first law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Closed and open systems, analysis <strong>of</strong> non-flow and flow processes for an ideal gas under constant volume<br />
(Isochoric), constant pressure (Isobaric), constant temperature (Isothermal), adiabatic and polytropic conditions.<br />
Analysis <strong>of</strong> free expansion and throttling processes. Representation <strong>of</strong> these processes on P-V charts and analysis<br />
<strong>of</strong> property changes and energy exchange (work and heat) during these processes.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Second Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Limitations <strong>of</strong> first law, various statements <strong>of</strong> second law and their equivalence, application <strong>of</strong> statements <strong>of</strong> second<br />
law to heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator. Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Carnot cycle and its consequences. Carnot theorem<br />
for heat engines and heat pump. Classius inequality, concept and philosophy <strong>of</strong> entropy and entropy changes<br />
during various processes. Temperature – entropy chart and representation <strong>of</strong> various processes on it. Third law <strong>of</strong><br />
thermodynamics.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Simple Stresses & Strains<br />
Concept & types <strong>of</strong> Stresses and strains, Poisson’s ratio, stresses and strain in simple and compound bars under<br />
axial loading, stress strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants and their relationships. Temperature stress and<br />
strain in simple and compound bars under axial loading, Numerical problems.<br />
Shear Force and Bending Moments<br />
Definitions, SF & BM diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported beams with or without over-hang and calculation <strong>of</strong><br />
maximum BM and SF and the point <strong>of</strong> contraflexture under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed loads<br />
over whole span or a part <strong>of</strong> it, (iii) combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads. Relation<br />
between the rate <strong>of</strong> loading, the shear force and the bending moments, Numerical Problems.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Bending Stresses in Beams<br />
Bending Stresses in Beams with derivation <strong>of</strong> Bending equation and its application to beams <strong>of</strong> circular, rectangular<br />
I & T Section, Composite beams,<br />
Torsion <strong>of</strong> Circular Members<br />
Torsion <strong>of</strong> Solid and hollow circular shafts, Combined bending and torsion, Equivalent torque, Numerical Problems.<br />
Text Books<br />
1. Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi.<br />
2. Yadav, R., Thermal Science and Engineering, Central Publishing House, Allahabad.<br />
3. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H.Ryder – Third Edition in S I units 1969 Macmillan India.<br />
4. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials – Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books<br />
1. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – Popoy, PHI, New Delhi.<br />
2. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications.<br />
3. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – A Rudimentary Approach – M.A.Jayaram, Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book House,<br />
Bangalore.<br />
28
4. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – U.C.Jindal<br />
5. Moran, M.J. and Shapiro, H.N., Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Engineering Thermodynamics, John Wiley, New York.<br />
6. Van Wylen, G.J., Fundamental <strong>of</strong> Classic Thermodynamics, John Wiley, New York.<br />
7. Spalding, D.B. and Cole, E.H., Engineering Thermodynamics, ELBS, New Delhi.<br />
8. Hibbeler, R.C. Engineering Mechanics – Statics, Addison Wesley Longman, New Delhi.<br />
29
APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB(AS – 1005)<br />
Course Code AS – 1005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />
the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
NOTE:At least 8 experiments to be performed.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />
1. To determine the surface tension <strong>of</strong> the given liquid by drop number method by using<br />
Stalgmometer and identify the given liquid.<br />
2. To determine the insoluble, soluble and total solids in given sample <strong>of</strong> sewage.<br />
3. To determine the solid carbon, volatile matter, ash content and percentage <strong>of</strong> moisture<br />
in given sample <strong>of</strong> coal by proximate analysis method and classify the coal.<br />
4. To determine the total alkalinity in a given sample <strong>of</strong> water using a standard acid. Ask<br />
for what you want<br />
5. To determine the percentage <strong>of</strong> Chlorine in a given sample <strong>of</strong> Caocl2 which has been<br />
dissolved in one litre <strong>of</strong> solution.<br />
6. To determine the surface tension <strong>of</strong> the two given unknown liquids by using<br />
Stalgmometer and identify the given liquid.<br />
7. To determine the fineness <strong>of</strong> a given sample <strong>of</strong> cement by solving through standard<br />
75:90 micro sieve.<br />
8. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given unknown liquids by using Ostwald’s<br />
Viscometer and identify the given liquid.<br />
9. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given unknown liquids by using Ostwald’s<br />
Viscometer and identify the given liquid.<br />
10. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given lubricating oil using Red Wood<br />
Viscometer<br />
11. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given lubricating oil using Seybolt<br />
Viscometer.<br />
12. To determine the flash point and fire point <strong>of</strong> given sample <strong>of</strong> oil using Pens key Marten’s<br />
apparatus.<br />
13. To determine the amount <strong>of</strong> Chlorine in given sample <strong>of</strong> water approximate N/20 sodium<br />
Thiosulphate solution. Ask for your requirement.<br />
14. Estimation <strong>of</strong> calcium as CaO volumetrically in cement<br />
15. To determine the maximum wavelength <strong>of</strong> solution <strong>of</strong> cobalt chloride<br />
16. To determine the Beer’s Law and apply it to find the concentration <strong>of</strong> given unknown<br />
solution by spectra-photometer.<br />
17. To determine the chemical oxygen demand <strong>of</strong> waste water.<br />
18. To determine the half-life period <strong>of</strong> given radioactive sample using GM counter.<br />
30
MAT LAB (IT– 1003)<br />
Course Code IT– 1003 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
MAT LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />
the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
The aim <strong>of</strong> this laboratory is to help students get an idea about a programming<br />
environment very widely used by engineer to solve the problem in their respective<br />
disciplines.<br />
Exercises on computer<br />
i. Roots <strong>of</strong> a quadratic equation.<br />
ii. Guessing a number<br />
iii. Units conversion<br />
iv. Factorial program<br />
v. Simulation <strong>of</strong> RC circuit<br />
vi. V-I characteristics <strong>of</strong> a MOSFET.<br />
vii. Finding average with dynamic array.<br />
viii. Writing a binary file<br />
ix. Reading a binary file<br />
x. Plotting one dimensional and two dimensional graph using MAT LAB 2-D plot<br />
types.<br />
xi. Using functions in MAT LAB Environment<br />
To teacher concerned will give at least 10 exercises to solve non trivial problems using<br />
MAT LAB environment.<br />
BOOKS:<br />
1. Programming in MAT LAB, Marc E.Herniter, Thomson ASIA Ptd. Ltd<br />
Singapore(2001)<br />
2. MAT LAB, the languages <strong>of</strong> computing; The maths work inc.<br />
31
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB(EE– 1002)<br />
Course Code EE – 1002 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />
the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />
1. To verify KCL and KVL.<br />
2. TO study frequency response <strong>of</strong> series RLC circuit and determine resonance<br />
frequency and Q factor for various values <strong>of</strong> R,L,C<br />
3. TO study frequency response <strong>of</strong> parallel RLC circuit and determine resonance<br />
frequency and Q factor for various values <strong>of</strong> R,L,C<br />
4. To perform direct load test <strong>of</strong> transformer and plot efficiency v/s load<br />
characteristics.<br />
5. To perform direct load test <strong>of</strong> the DC shunt generator and plot load v/s current<br />
curve.<br />
6. To study and verify Thevenins, Norton’s, superposition, Milliman’s, maximum<br />
power, reciprocity.<br />
7. To perform O.C and S.C test <strong>of</strong> transformer.<br />
8. to study various types <strong>of</strong> meters<br />
9. Measurement <strong>of</strong> power by 3 voltmeter/ 3 ammeter method.<br />
10. Measurement <strong>of</strong> power in 3-phase system by 2-wattmeter method.<br />
32
WORKSHOP PRACTICE – II(ME– 1004)<br />
Course Code ME– 1004 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
WORKSHOP PRACTICE –II<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />
Fitting shop:-<br />
1. Drilling and Tapping in M.S. piece<br />
2. To make a male-female joint (taper type) <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />
Machine Shop:-<br />
1. To perform boring operation on lathe machine.<br />
2. To perform knurling and threading operation on lathe machine.<br />
3. step turning operation on a lathe machine<br />
Carpentry and Pattern making shop:-<br />
1. To make a single piece pattern <strong>of</strong> connecting rod.<br />
2. To make a self cod pattern.<br />
3. To make a split pattern.<br />
Welding shop:-<br />
1. To make V butt joint in horizontal position.<br />
2. To make a V butt joint in vertical position.<br />
3. To perform Gas welding operation.<br />
Smithy and Forging:-<br />
1. To make a cube from a circular bar.<br />
2. To make a tong using hot forging operations<br />
3. To perform drawing down operation.<br />
Foundry Shop:-<br />
1. To make a mould and perform casting operation.<br />
2. Study <strong>of</strong> casting defects and remedies.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Workshop Technologies By Chapman<br />
2. Manufacturing Processes by Begam<br />
3. Manufacturing Materials And Processes By JS Campbell<br />
4. Introduction To Electrical Wiring<br />
5. Exercises And Prepration Of PCBs Involving soldering <strong>of</strong> electrical and electronic<br />
applications.<br />
33
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRAINER WORKSHOP II(IT – 1004)<br />
Course Code IT – 1004 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRAINER WORKSHOP II<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />
This workshop will provide training <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> operating systems (Windows98,LINUX)<br />
with hands on experiments on the following:<br />
1. Installation <strong>of</strong> operating system.<br />
2. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Hard Disk.<br />
3. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Display Cards.<br />
4. Configuration <strong>of</strong> sound cards.<br />
5. Configuration <strong>of</strong> CDROM.<br />
6. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Mouse.<br />
7. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Printer.<br />
8. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Display Cards.<br />
9. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Network Cards.<br />
10. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Modems.<br />
11. Understanding Boot up process.<br />
12. Creating and using emergency Disk.<br />
13. Troubleshooting exercises related to various components <strong>of</strong> computer like Monitor<br />
drives, memory, printers etc.<br />
14. Assembling a PC.<br />
34
BASIC MECHANICAL ENGG. LAB(ME – 1005)<br />
Course Code ME – 1005<br />
Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
BASIC MECHANICAL ENGG. LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />
Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS<br />
1. To study low-pressure boilers.<br />
2. To study High-pressure boilers.<br />
3. Calibration <strong>of</strong> thermometers.<br />
4. Calibration <strong>of</strong> pressure gauges.<br />
5. Study <strong>of</strong> discharge measuring devices.<br />
6. To determine co-efficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> orifice meter.<br />
7. To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.<br />
8. To find Young’s Modulus <strong>of</strong> Elasticity using Searl’s apparatus.<br />
9. To find Young’s Modulus <strong>of</strong> Elasticity <strong>of</strong> a beam with deflection beam apparatus.<br />
10. To find Modulus <strong>of</strong> rigidity with the help <strong>of</strong> torsion apparatus.<br />
35
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
FLUID MECHANICS ME – 3005<br />
Course Code ME – 3005 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Fluid Mechanics<br />
Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Introduction<br />
Fluid and flow-definition and types, properties <strong>of</strong> ideal and real fluids, continuum<br />
concept, Lagrangian & Eulerian approach.<br />
Fluid Statics<br />
General differential equation, manometry, Force on plane and curved surfaces,<br />
stability <strong>of</strong> floating and submerged bodies, Relative equilibrium.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Kinematics <strong>of</strong> fluid<br />
Steady flow, uniform flow, stream, streak and path lines, continuity equation, stream<br />
function, irrotational flow, velocity potential, flow nets, circulation, simple flows, flow<br />
around circular cylinder with and without rotation, lift and drag.<br />
1
Dynamics <strong>of</strong> fluids<br />
Concept <strong>of</strong> system and control volume, Reynold’s transportation theorem, Euler’s<br />
equation, Bernoulli’s equation, Navier Stoke’s equation and their application to<br />
nozzle, venturimeter, orifices and mouth pieces, time taken in emptying a vessel.<br />
Pitot - Prandtl tube.<br />
SECTION-C<br />
Flow in pipes<br />
Laminar flow through pipe, total and hydraulic gradient lines, series and parallel<br />
connection <strong>of</strong> pipes, transmission <strong>of</strong> power through pipes.<br />
Laminar flow <strong>of</strong> viscous fluids<br />
Boundary layer concept, boundary layer thickness, displacement, momentum and<br />
energy thickness, integral method, drag on flat plate, flow around an airfoil,<br />
boundary layer separation.<br />
SECTION-D<br />
Turbulent flow<br />
Fluid friction and Reynolds number, Prandtl mixing length hypothesis velocity<br />
distribution in pipes, Cole brook formula.<br />
Dimensional analysis<br />
Buckingham’s Pi theorem, Non – dimensional numbers and their application,<br />
similitude.<br />
Suggested Text Books & References<br />
1. Agarwal, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing<br />
Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
2. Som, S.K. and Biswas, G. “Introduction To Fluid Mechanics and Fluid<br />
Machines”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
3. Bansal, Dr. R.K. “A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”,<br />
Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
4. Rajput, R.K. “A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Hydraulics”, Sultan Chand and Sons, New<br />
Delhi.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
2
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
Advanced Maths and Computer Programming AS(ID) - 3004<br />
Course Code AS(ID) – 3004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Advanced Math and Computer Programming<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Definition <strong>of</strong> tensor, transformation <strong>of</strong> coordinates (rotation, translation and<br />
orthogonal) contravarient and covariant tensors. Addition and multiplication <strong>of</strong><br />
tensors, contraction <strong>of</strong> tensors. Inner product, fundamental tensors, symmetric and<br />
anti - symmetric tensors, kronecker delta.<br />
Section – B<br />
Inertia tensor : Definition and application <strong>of</strong> inertia tensor in Kinetic energy, moment<br />
<strong>of</strong> inertia and radius <strong>of</strong> gyration. Cartesian tensor: definition and application <strong>of</strong><br />
Cartesian tensor in stress, strain and Hookes law.<br />
Section – C<br />
Introduction to Object-oriented concepts: Overview, Abstract data types: object,<br />
Modularization, classes, creating and destroying objects, Garbage collection<br />
strategies, overloading, dynamic binding, polymorphism, constants.<br />
3
Inheritance: Class inheritance, Inheriting instance variable, inheriting methods, meta<br />
classes, object inheritance, multiple and multilevel inheritance.<br />
Section – D<br />
C++ Programming Language: Overview: Programming paradigm, support for data<br />
abstraction and object-oriented programming, declaration and constants, expression<br />
and statements, functions and files.<br />
Classes and Objects: Definition <strong>of</strong> class declaration, data numbers class function<br />
definition, member function definition scope resolution operator, private and public<br />
member function, nesting <strong>of</strong> member functions, creating objects, accessing class<br />
data members functions, array <strong>of</strong> objects, objects as function arguments.<br />
Operator overloading: Operator function, user-defined typed conversion large<br />
object, assignments and initialization and subscripting and function call, referencing,<br />
increment and decrement, a string class, friends and members.<br />
Books:<br />
1. Vectors and Tensors: Fred A.Hinchey, Wiley Eastern Ltd.<br />
2. Cartesian Tensor: Harold Jeffreys, Cambridge University Press.<br />
3. Cartesian Tensors: A.M.Goodbody, Ellis Horwood Ltd.<br />
4. Matrices and Tensors in Physics, A.W.Joshi, New Age International<br />
Publishers Ltd., willey Eastern Ltd.<br />
5. The C++ Progamming Language, Bjarne Stroustrup, Addison Wesley.<br />
6. Objecting Modeling and Design, James, Rumbaugh, Michael Blaha, William<br />
Premerlani, Frederick Eddy and William Lorensen, PHI.<br />
7. Object Oriented Programming with C++, Balagurusamy, Tata Mc. Graw Hill<br />
Publishing Co. Ltd.<br />
8. Programming with C++, D. Ravichandran, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
9. Object Oriented Programming in TURBO C++, Robert Lafore, Galgotia<br />
Publications Pvt. Ltd.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
4
SEMESTER – III<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Engineering Economics and Management AS(ID)- 3002<br />
Course Code AS(ID)- 3002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Principles <strong>of</strong> Engineering Economics and Management<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests (2)<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />
the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION - A<br />
ECONOMICS<br />
Definitions, Nature & scope <strong>of</strong> Economics, Economics Systems-meaning <strong>of</strong> Capitalism, Socialism & mixed<br />
economy.<br />
DEMAND AND SUPPLIES ANALYSIS<br />
Law <strong>of</strong> demand and supply, exception to the law <strong>of</strong> demand, Elasticity <strong>of</strong> demand and supply and their types,<br />
Methods <strong>of</strong> measuring elasticity <strong>of</strong> demand and supply.<br />
SECTION - B<br />
THEORY OF PRODUCTION<br />
Scales <strong>of</strong> production, Law <strong>of</strong> returns, Break even analysis.<br />
MONETARY SYSTEM<br />
Monetary policy – Meaning, objectives, methods, Fiscal policy – Meaning & objectives <strong>of</strong> fiscal policy in a<br />
developing country like India, Functions <strong>of</strong> Reserve Bank <strong>of</strong> India and commercial banks.<br />
ECONOMICS & BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT<br />
Privatization –Growth <strong>of</strong> private capitalism in India, Business/Trade Cycles – Meaning, Characteristics &<br />
classification, Foreign capital & economic development.<br />
SECTION - C<br />
MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES<br />
Meaning & types <strong>of</strong> Management, Concept <strong>of</strong> Scientific Management, Management By Objectives, System<br />
Approach to Management.<br />
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT<br />
Meaning, functional areas <strong>of</strong> financial management, Sources <strong>of</strong> Finance, Meaning <strong>of</strong> financial accounting,<br />
accounting principles-concepts & conventions, Importance <strong>of</strong> final accounts – pr<strong>of</strong>it & loss a/c and balance<br />
sheet, Need and importance <strong>of</strong> capital budgeting.<br />
MARKETING MANAGEMENT<br />
Introduction to marketing management, Market segmentation, Developing & managing advertising programs,<br />
Deciding on media & measuring effectiveness.<br />
SECTION - D<br />
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT<br />
Procedure for production planning & Control, Plant Location & Lay-out, Routing, Scheduling, CPM & PERT,<br />
QUALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
Statistical Quality Control,<br />
Introduction<br />
Control Charts, X Charts, R Charts, Control Charts for C (N. <strong>of</strong> defects per unit), Control chart for P( Fraction<br />
Defective), Advantages & Limitations <strong>of</strong> SQC<br />
Quality Circles:- Structure, functions & Limitations.<br />
5
Text Books :-<br />
1. Business Organisation & Management – B.P.Singh – T.N.Chabra – Dhanpat Rai & Sons.<br />
2. Modern Economic Theory – K .K. Dewett – S.Chand & Co.<br />
Reference Books :-<br />
1. Marketing Management – Philip Kotler – Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India Pvt. Ltd.<br />
2. Financial Management - I.M. Pandey - Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.<br />
3. Indian Economic – Ruddar Dutt, K.P.M.Sundaram – S.Chand & Co.<br />
4. Advanced Economic Theory – H.L.Ahuja – S.Chand & Co.<br />
5. Production Operation Management.- Dr. B.S. Goel – Pragati Prakashan.<br />
6. Statistical Quality Control – Grant, Leaven worth – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />
7. Personnel Management – Edwin B.Flippo – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />
8. Management – A Global Perespective – Harold Krontz – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
6
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS ME - 3002<br />
Course Code ME - 3002 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Thermodynamics<br />
Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Introduction to Thermodynamic Systems<br />
Definition, Familiarity with common examples <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic systems such as<br />
steam power plant, vapour-compression refrigerator, automobile engines, air<br />
compressor, rocket engine.<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> basic concepts<br />
Working fluids (air, steam, refrigerants) and calculation <strong>of</strong> their properties for various<br />
thermodynamic processes, Thermodynamic processes and cycles, Psychrometry,<br />
use <strong>of</strong> psychrometric chart for calculation <strong>of</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> air-water vapour mixture.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
First Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Quantity <strong>of</strong> energy and its measurements, First law energy equations for closed and<br />
open systems under SSSF and USUF conditions, Application <strong>of</strong> First Law energy<br />
equations to thermodynamic system components such as boiler, turbine,<br />
compressor, nozzle, expander, pump, condenser, First law efficiency, First law<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> combustion processes.<br />
7
Second Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Quality <strong>of</strong> energy and its measurement, Reversible and irreversible processes,<br />
Entropy and its significance, Principle <strong>of</strong> increase <strong>of</strong> entropy <strong>of</strong> the universe, Carnot<br />
cycle, Second law entropy relations for closed and open systems under SSSF and<br />
USUF conditions, Clausius inequality, Applications <strong>of</strong> Second law to various<br />
thermodynamic systems, Availability and irreversibility, Second law analysis <strong>of</strong><br />
combustion processes.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Third Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Measurement <strong>of</strong> entropy, Zero value <strong>of</strong> entropy, Absolute zero temperature.<br />
Thermodynamic (PVT) relations <strong>of</strong> Working Fluids<br />
Equation <strong>of</strong> state for ideal gas, Behaviour <strong>of</strong> real gases and compressibility factor,<br />
Generalized, empirical and theoretical equations <strong>of</strong> state for real gases, Law <strong>of</strong><br />
corresponding states and use <strong>of</strong> generalized compressibility chart. Helmoltz and<br />
Gibbs functions, Maxwell’s relations, Enthalpy, entropy, internal energy, and specific<br />
heat relations, Clausius – Clapeyron’s equation, Applications to ideal and real<br />
gases. Joule Thompson coefficient.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Gas Power Cycles<br />
Carnot, Diesel, Otto, Dual combustion, Brayton, Sterling, Atkinson, and Ericssion<br />
cycles, Air standard thermal efficiency and conditions for maximum work output and<br />
efficiency, Concepts <strong>of</strong> mean effective pressure, indicated power and brake power<br />
for reciprocating engines.<br />
Refrigeration Cycles/Processes<br />
Brayton air refrigeration cycle, Vapour compression cycle, Vapour absorption cycle,<br />
Water refrigeration, Vortex tube and pulse tube refrigeration, thermoelectric<br />
refrigeration.<br />
Text Books :-<br />
1. C.P.Arora, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill.<br />
2. Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill 2 nd edition.<br />
References Books :-<br />
1. Cengel, Y.A.,& Boles, M.A.., “Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach”,<br />
McGraw – Hill Inc.<br />
2. Spalding, D.B. and Cole, E.H., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Edward<br />
Arnold.<br />
3. Hawkins, G.A., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, John Wiley and Sons.<br />
4. Wylen Van, G.J. and Sonntag, R.E., “Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Classical<br />
Thermodynamics”, John Wiley and Sons, 4 th edition, 1997.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
8
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-I ME-3003<br />
Course Code ME-3003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials-I<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each section will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong><br />
the semester end examination for the course. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />
will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and each question will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section- A<br />
Compound stresses & strains: Concept <strong>of</strong> surface and volumetric strains, two -<br />
dimensional stress system, complementary shear stresses at a point on a plane.<br />
Principal stresses & strains and principal planes. Mohr’s circle <strong>of</strong> stresses,<br />
Numerical problems.<br />
Theories <strong>of</strong> Elastic Failure: Various theories <strong>of</strong> elastic failure with derivations and<br />
graphical representations, applications to problems <strong>of</strong> two-dimensional stress<br />
systems with (i) Combined direct loading and bending and (ii) combined torsional<br />
and direct loading. Numerical problems.<br />
Section- B<br />
Strain Energy & Impact Loading: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored<br />
in a body when load is applied (i) gradually, (ii) suddenly and (iii) with impact. Strain<br />
energy <strong>of</strong> beams in bending, beam deflections. Strain energy <strong>of</strong> shafts in twisting.<br />
Energy methods in determining spring deflection, Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s<br />
theorems, Numerical problems.<br />
9
Section - C<br />
Shear and combined stresses in beams: Shear stresses in beams with derivation<br />
<strong>of</strong> shear stress in rectangular I, T, circular and hollow circular sections. Combined<br />
bending, torsion & axial loading <strong>of</strong> beams. Numerical problems.<br />
Columns & Struts: Columns under axial load, concept <strong>of</strong> instability and buckling,<br />
slenderness ratio. Derivation <strong>of</strong> Euler’s formulae for the elastic buckling load.<br />
Euler’s, Rankine Gordon’s formulae ,Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading<br />
<strong>of</strong> columns and their applications, eccentric compression <strong>of</strong> a short strut <strong>of</strong><br />
rectangular & circular sections, Numerical problems.<br />
Section –D<br />
Slope & Deflection : Relationship between bending moment, slope & deflection,<br />
Mohr’s theorem, moment area method, method <strong>of</strong> integration, Macaulay’s method.<br />
Calculations for slope &deflection <strong>of</strong> (1) cantilevers and (2) simply supported<br />
beams with or without overhang, under concentrated loads, uniformly distributed<br />
loads or combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Numerical<br />
problems.<br />
Fixed Beams: Deflections, reactions and fixing moments. Calculations <strong>of</strong> deflection<br />
and S.F. & B.M. diagrams for fixed beams under (1) concentrated loads, (2)<br />
uniformly Distributed loads and (3) a combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated loads and<br />
uniformly distributed load.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H. Ryder- Third Edition in S.I. units 1969<br />
Macmillan India.<br />
2. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials- Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Popov , PHI, New Delhi<br />
2. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications<br />
3. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- A Rudimentary Apprach-M.A. Jayaram,<br />
Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book house, Bangalore.<br />
4. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- U.C. Jindal<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
10
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
MACHINE –DRAWING ME-3004<br />
Course Code ME – 3004 Credits : 4 L-1, T-0, P-6<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Machine –Drawing<br />
Lectures to be delivered 91 (1 Hr Each) (L = 13, T = 0, P=78 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 4 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. In the semester examination, the examiner will set two questions from each<br />
unit. The students have to attempt three questions taking one from each unit.<br />
2. The questions from unit I and unit II will carry 20 Marks each. Questions from<br />
unit III will carry 60 Marks.<br />
Unit I<br />
Introduction to BIS Specification sp: 46- 1988 Code <strong>of</strong> engineering drawing – Limits.<br />
Fits and Tolerance (dimensional and Geometrical tolerance), Surface finish<br />
representation. Gear: Gear terminology. I.S convention <strong>of</strong> assembly <strong>of</strong> spur gears,<br />
helical gear, bevel gears, worm and worm wheel.<br />
Unit II<br />
Orthographic view from isometric views <strong>of</strong> machine parts / components.<br />
Dimensioning- Sectioning. Exercises on coupling, crankshaft, pulley, piston and<br />
connecting rod, cotter and knuckle joints. Riveted joints and Welded joints.<br />
UNIT III<br />
Assembly drawing with sectioning and and bill <strong>of</strong> materials from given detail<br />
drawings <strong>of</strong> assemblies : Lathe tail stock , machine vice , pedestal bearing , Steam<br />
stop valve , drill jigs and milling fixture .<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Machine Drawing : By N D Bhat and V M Panchal Pub Charotar Publishing<br />
House.<br />
2. A text book <strong>of</strong> machine drawing : PS Gill Pub. S.K.Kataria & SONS.<br />
Reference books:<br />
1. A text books <strong>of</strong> machine Drawing: Laxmi narayana and Mathur pub.<br />
M/s Jain Brother. New Delhi.<br />
2. Machine Drawing : N Sidheshwar, P Kannaieh, V V S Sastry, Pub. Tata Mc<br />
Graw Hill Publishing Ltd.<br />
11
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
FLUID MECHANICS LAB ME – 3006<br />
Course Code ME – 3006 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
FLUID MECHANICS LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous<br />
Lab work 30%, Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> impact for vanes.<br />
2. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> Notch (V and Rectangular types)<br />
3. To determine the friction factor for the pipes.<br />
4. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> venturimeter.<br />
5. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge, contraction & velocity <strong>of</strong> an orifice.<br />
6. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow.<br />
7. To determine the meta-centric height <strong>of</strong> a floating body.<br />
8. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden<br />
contraction and bends.<br />
9. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex<br />
flow.<br />
12
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – LAB ME - 3007<br />
Course Code ME – 3007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous<br />
Lab work 30%, Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To study the Brinell hardness testing machine & perform Brinell hardness<br />
test<br />
2. To study the Rockwell hardness testing machine & perform the Rockwell<br />
hardness test.<br />
3. To study the Vickers hardness testing machine & perform Vickers hardness<br />
test<br />
4. To study Erichsen sheet metal testing machine & perform the Erichsen sheet<br />
metal test<br />
5. To study the Impact machine and perform the Impact tests ( Izod & Charpy)<br />
6. To study the Universal testing machine and perform the tensile test.<br />
7. To perform compression test on UTM.<br />
8. To perform bending test on UTM.<br />
9. To perform the shear test on UTM.<br />
10. To study the torsion testing machine and perform the torsion test .<br />
13
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – III<br />
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB AS(ID) - 3005<br />
Course Code AS(ID) - 3005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous<br />
Lab work 30%,<br />
Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> exercises:<br />
1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p<br />
times. Write a function called power () that takes a double value for an int<br />
value for p, and returns the result as double values. Use a default argument<br />
<strong>of</strong> 2 <strong>of</strong> p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared.<br />
Write a main () function that gets values from the user to test this function.<br />
2. A point on the two dimensional plane can be represented by two numbers:<br />
an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4, 5) represents point 4<br />
units to the right <strong>of</strong> the origin along the X-axis and 5 units up the Y-axis. The<br />
sum <strong>of</strong> two points can be defined as new point with X and Y coordinates.<br />
Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define<br />
three points, and have the user input to two <strong>of</strong> them. Than set the third point<br />
equal to the sum <strong>of</strong> the other two. And display the value <strong>of</strong> the new point.<br />
Interaction with the program might look like this:<br />
Enter coordinates for PI : 3 4<br />
Enter coordinates for P2 : 5 7<br />
Coordinates <strong>of</strong> P1 + P2 are : 8 11<br />
14
3. Create the equivalent <strong>of</strong> a four function calculator. The program should<br />
request the user to enter a number, an operator and another number. It<br />
should they carry out the specified arithmetical operation: adding,<br />
subtracting, multiplying or dividing the two numbers. (it should use a switch<br />
statement to select the operation). Finally, it should display the result.<br />
When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to<br />
do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’ some sample<br />
interaction with the program might look like this.<br />
Enter first number, operator and second number 12 + 100<br />
Answer = 112<br />
Do another (Y/N) ? N<br />
4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought <strong>of</strong> as having three<br />
parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write<br />
a program that uses a structure to store these three parts <strong>of</strong> a phone number<br />
separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure displaying both<br />
numbers. The interchange might look like this:<br />
Enter your area code, exchange and number : 415 555 1212<br />
My number is (415) 555 – 1212<br />
5. Create two classes DM and DB, which store the value <strong>of</strong> distances. DM<br />
stores distances in meters and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write<br />
a program that can read values for the class objects and one object <strong>of</strong> DM<br />
with another object <strong>of</strong> DB.<br />
Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that<br />
stores the results may be a DM object or DB object, depending on the units<br />
in which the results are required.<br />
The display should be in the format <strong>of</strong> feet and inches or meters and<br />
centimeters depending on the object on display.<br />
6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double<br />
values – NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public<br />
member Functions:<br />
• Constructor with no arguments (default).<br />
• Constructor with two arguments .<br />
• Void reduce () that reduces the rational number by eliminating the<br />
highest common factor between the numerator and the denominator.<br />
• Overload +operator to add two rational number.<br />
• Overload >>operator to enable input through cin.<br />
• Overload
7. Consider the following class definition class father {<br />
Protected : int age;<br />
Public;<br />
Father (int x) {age = x;}<br />
Virtual void iam ()<br />
{cout
11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called Toll Booth. The two data items are a<br />
type unsigned int to hold the total number <strong>of</strong> cars, and a type double to hold<br />
the total amount <strong>of</strong> money collected. A constructor initializes to these to 0.<br />
A member function called paying Car () increments the car total and adds<br />
0.50 to the cash total. Another function, called nopay Car (), increments the<br />
car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called<br />
displays the two totals.<br />
Include a program to test this class. This program should allow the user to<br />
push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a non-paying car.<br />
Pushing the ESC key should cause the program to print out the total cars<br />
and total cash and then exit.<br />
12. Write a function called reversit () that reverses a string (an array <strong>of</strong> Char).<br />
Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and<br />
next to last characters and so on. The string should be passed to reversit (),<br />
and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks.<br />
Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw<br />
Elba)”<br />
13. Create some objects <strong>of</strong> string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the<br />
head <strong>of</strong> the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents <strong>of</strong> the Deque<br />
using the for Each () function and a user written display function. Then<br />
search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That () function and<br />
display any strings that match. Finally remove all the items form the Deque<br />
using the get left () function and display each item<br />
14. Assume that a blank maintains two kinds <strong>of</strong> accounts for customers. One<br />
called as savings account and the other as current account. The saving<br />
account provides compound interest and withdrawal facilities but no cheque<br />
book facility. The current account provides cheque book facility but no<br />
interest. Current account holders should also maintain a minimum balance<br />
and if the balance falls below this level, a service charge is imposed.<br />
Create a class account that stores customer name, account number and type<br />
<strong>of</strong> account. Form this derive the classes cur_acct and Sav_acct to make<br />
them more specific to their requirements. Include necessary member<br />
functions in order to achieve the following tasks:<br />
a) Accept deposit from a customer and update the balance.<br />
b) Display the balance.<br />
c) Compute and deposit interest.<br />
d) Permit withdrawal and update the balance.<br />
e) Check for the minimum balance, impose penalty, necessary and<br />
update the balance.<br />
f) Do not use any constructor. Use member functions to initialize the<br />
class members.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
17
15. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type<br />
values that could be used to compute the area <strong>of</strong> figure. Derive two specific<br />
classes called triangle and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base<br />
class, a member function get data () to initialize base class data members<br />
and another members function display area (), to compute and display the<br />
area <strong>of</strong> figures. Make display area () as a virtual function and redefine this<br />
function in the derived classes to suit their requirements.<br />
Using these three classes, design a program that will accept dimensions <strong>of</strong> a<br />
triangle or a rectangle interactively and display the area.<br />
Remember the two values given, as input will be treated as lengths <strong>of</strong> two<br />
sides in the case <strong>of</strong> rectangles and as base and height in the case <strong>of</strong><br />
triangles and used as follows:<br />
Area <strong>of</strong> rectangle = x * y<br />
Area <strong>of</strong> Triangle = 1/2 x * y<br />
Programming <strong>of</strong> exercises in C++ in the form <strong>of</strong> projects (based on “Object<br />
Oriented Programming in TURBO C++, Robert Lafore, Galgotia Publications<br />
Pvt. Ltd., 1994, to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for the<br />
course.)<br />
Note :- Record to be maintained both electronically and hard copy for<br />
evaluation.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />
18
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
Metrology and Interchangeability (ME - 4001)<br />
Course Code (ME - 4001) Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Metrology and Interchangeability<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Standards <strong>of</strong> Measurements : Line standards, imperial standard yard, standard<br />
meter, sub-standards and standards, end bars, slip gauges, angular slip gauges,<br />
wave length standard.<br />
Measuring Principles : Principle for mechanical measuring instruments – Lever<br />
method, vernier method, screw & screw nut method. Compound gearing method,<br />
helical strip method. Principles <strong>of</strong> optical measuring instruments. Reflection,<br />
refraction interference, optical prism, lenses, optical systems. Principle <strong>of</strong> electrical<br />
measuring instruments. Transformation <strong>of</strong> energy, variation <strong>of</strong> electric parameters,-<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> pneumatic measuring instruments. Construction details <strong>of</strong> measuring<br />
instruments. Abbe principle, graduation lines and scale division, pivot & bearings.<br />
Measuring accuracy – dimensional & geometrical accuracy. Types <strong>of</strong> error,<br />
systematic error, compound error, random error.<br />
1
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Interchangeability : Concept and need <strong>of</strong> interchangeability. Systems <strong>of</strong><br />
tolerances, system <strong>of</strong> fits. Limit gauges, Standardisation. Design standardisation.<br />
Manufacturing standardisation.<br />
Linear and Angular Measurement : Use <strong>of</strong> slip gauges, dial indicators.<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong>, optical and electrical comparators, pneumatic gauges, measuring<br />
machines, sinebars & angle, gauges, levels, clinometer, auto-collimator, tapper<br />
gauges.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Straightness, Flatness and Squareness testing : Straight edges, surface plates<br />
straightness testing, straight edge methods, level or auto-collimator method.<br />
Flatness testing – level or auto – collimator method, optical flatness testing,<br />
squareness testing, indicator method, auto – collimator methods, engineer’s<br />
squares.<br />
Screw Thread Measurement : Errors in threads, screw thread gauges,<br />
measurement <strong>of</strong> element <strong>of</strong> the external and internal threads, thread caliper<br />
gauges.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Spur Gear Measurement : Geometry <strong>of</strong> spur gear, measurement <strong>of</strong> spur gea<br />
parameters, ram out, pitch, pr<strong>of</strong>ile, lead, backlash, tooth thickness, composite<br />
elements.<br />
Surface Finish Measurement : Definition measurement <strong>of</strong> surface, finishtaly surf,<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>ilometer, tomilson recorder, compariscope, microscope interference methods.<br />
Miscellaneous : Acceptance tests for a lathe.<br />
Alignment <strong>of</strong> bearings.<br />
Text Books:-<br />
1. Gupta, I.C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1994.<br />
2. Hume, K.J., “Engineering Metrology”, Mac Donald & Co. 1963.<br />
References Books:-<br />
1. Kumar, D.S., “<strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurements and Control”, Metropolitan, New<br />
Delhi.<br />
2. Doeblein, E.O., “Measurement Systems, Application Design”, Mc Graw Hill,<br />
1990.<br />
3. Beckwith Thomas G., “<strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurements”, Narosa Publishing<br />
House, N.Delhi.<br />
2
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
Manufacturing Technology – I (ME - 4002)<br />
Course Code (ME - 4002) Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Manufacturing Technology – I<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Unit – I<br />
Metal Casting Processes: Advantage and limitations, sand mold making procedure,<br />
Patterns and Cores. Pattern materials, pattern allowances, types <strong>of</strong> pattern, colour<br />
coding, Molding material, Molding sand composition, and preparation, sand<br />
properties and testing type <strong>of</strong> sand molds.<br />
Unit – II Cores: Types <strong>of</strong> cores, core prints, chaplets, chills, Gating systems,<br />
Gates and gaiting systems risers, Melting practice, Cupola, charge calculations.<br />
Casting cleaning and casting defects Fettling, defects in castings and their<br />
remedies, methods <strong>of</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> castings fore their soundness.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Unit – III Special Casting Processes: Shell molding, precision investment casting,<br />
permanent mold casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous casting.<br />
Unit – IV Metal forming Processes: Nature <strong>of</strong> plastic deformation, hot working<br />
and cold working. Principles <strong>of</strong> rolling roll passes roll pass sequences. Forging:<br />
Forging operations, smith forging, drop forging, press forging, forging defects.<br />
3
SECTION – C<br />
Unit – V Extursion and other processes : Extrusion principle, hot extrusion, cold<br />
extrusion, wire drawing, swaging, tube making, Sheet metal operation, Press tolls<br />
operations, shearing action, drawing dies, spinning, bending, strech forming,<br />
embossing and coining.<br />
Unit – VI Gas and Arc Welding: Classification: Oxy-acetylene welding equipment<br />
and techniques. Electric arc welding: Electrodes, manual metal arc welding, inert<br />
gas shielding arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding (TIG), metal inert gas wedling<br />
(MIG), submerged arc welding (SAW)<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Unit – VII Resistance Welding: Principles, resistance sopt welding, resistance<br />
seam welding, upset welding, flash welding.<br />
Unit – VIII Other Welding Processes : Introduction thermit welding, electro slag<br />
welding, electron beam welding, forge welding, friction welding, diffusion welding,<br />
brazing and soldering.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Principles <strong>of</strong> Manufacturing Materials & Processes – Campbell J.S.Publisher –<br />
Mc Graw Hill.<br />
2. Manufacturing Science – Ghosh A.Malik, A.K.Affiliated East-West Press Pvt.<br />
Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books :<br />
1. Foundary Technology – K.P.Sinha, D.B.Goel, Roorkee Publishing House.<br />
2. Welding and Welding Technology, Richard L.Little Tata McGraw Hill Ltd.<br />
3. Principle <strong>of</strong> Metal casting- Rosenthal, Tata Mc Graw hill, New Delhi.<br />
4. Production Technology – R.K.Jain, Khanna Publication Ltd., N D.<br />
5. Manufacturing Processes and Systems : Ostwald Phillip F., Munoz Jairo,<br />
John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.<br />
6. Welding Technology – O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.<br />
7. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry, Forming and Welding – P.N.Rao, Tata<br />
Mc Graw Hill.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
4
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II ME - 4003<br />
Course Code ME - 4003 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – II<br />
Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section - A<br />
Unsymmetrical Bending: Properties <strong>of</strong> beam cross section, product <strong>of</strong> inertia,<br />
ellipse <strong>of</strong> inertia, slope <strong>of</strong> the neutral axis, stresses & deflections, shear center and<br />
the flexural axis, Numerical problems.<br />
Continuous Beams: Clapeyorn’s Theorem, Wilson’s method, Numerical problems.<br />
Section - B<br />
Thin Walled Vessels: Derivation <strong>of</strong> Hoop & Longitudinal stresses & strains in<br />
cylindrical & spherical vessels under internal pressure. Change in volume <strong>of</strong> vessel<br />
under pressure, Numerical problems.<br />
Thick Cylinders & Spheres: Derivation <strong>of</strong> equations for radial & hoop stresses and<br />
strains in thick cylinders and spherical shells. Compound cylinders and spherical<br />
shells subjected to internal fluid pressure only, hub shrunk on solid shaft. Wire -<br />
wound cylinders. Numerical problems.<br />
5
Section - C<br />
Rotating Rims, Discs & Cylinders: Stresses and strains in (i) rotating rims,<br />
neglecting the effect <strong>of</strong> spokes, (ii) rotating discs, including disc <strong>of</strong> uniform strength<br />
and disc shrunk on hub (iii) rotating cylinders (solid & hollow). Numerical problems.<br />
Section - D<br />
Bending <strong>of</strong> Curved Bars: Stresses in bars <strong>of</strong> initial large radius <strong>of</strong> curvature, bars<br />
<strong>of</strong> initial small radius <strong>of</strong> curvature. Stresses in crane hooks, rings and chain links <strong>of</strong><br />
circular & trapezoidal sections. Numerical Problems.<br />
Springs: Stresses in closed and open coiled helical springs subjected to axial<br />
loads and twisting couples. Leaf springs, flat spiral springs. Numerical Problems.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H. Ryder- Third Edition in S.I. units 1969<br />
Macmillan India.<br />
2. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials- Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Popov , PHI, New Delhi<br />
2. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications<br />
3. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- A Rudimentary Apprach-M.A. Jayaram,<br />
Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book house, Bangalore.<br />
4. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- U.C. Jindal<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
6
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
COMPUTER BASED NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AS - 4004<br />
Course Code AS – 4004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Computer based Numerical Analysis<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
FINITE DIFFERENCES & INTERPOLATION : Various difference operators and<br />
relation between them. Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae.<br />
Central difference Interpolation formula. Gauss’s forward and backward<br />
interpolation formulae. Lagrenge’s interpolation formula and Newton’s divided<br />
difference formulae.<br />
SECTION- B<br />
SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS : Bisection<br />
method, method <strong>of</strong> false position, secant method, Iteration method, Newton-<br />
Raphson method, Generalized Newton-Raphson method.<br />
SOLUTION OF SIMULTANEOUS ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS : Jacobi’s method,<br />
Gauss-seidal method, relaxation method.<br />
7
SECTION – C<br />
NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION : Formulae for derivatives.<br />
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rd and 3/8 th rules, Boole’s and Weddle’s rules,<br />
Romberg’s integration.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF P.D.E.: Finite difference approximations <strong>of</strong> partial<br />
derivatives, solution <strong>of</strong> Laplace equation (Standard 5-point formula only) Onedimensional<br />
heat equation (Schmidt method, Crank – Nicolson DuFort method and<br />
Frankel method) and wave equation.<br />
TEXT BOOKS:<br />
1. Numerical Methods in Engg. & Sciences : B.S.Grewal : Khanna<br />
2. Numerical methods for Scientific & Engg. Computations :<br />
M.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar & R.K.Jain; Wiley Eastern Ltd.<br />
REFERENCE BOOKS:<br />
1. Computer Oriented Numerical methods : U.Rajaramanm Orebtuce; Hall <strong>of</strong><br />
India.<br />
2. Introduction to Numerical Analysis : C.E.Froberg; Addison Wesley.<br />
NOTE:<br />
i) Students will be asked to write computer program <strong>of</strong> problems discussed.<br />
In c/c++.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
8
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
Heat Power Engineering ME - 4005<br />
Course Code ME - 4005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Heat Power Engineering<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section –A<br />
Unit I Fuels and Combustion: Combustion equations, stochiometric air fuel<br />
ratio, excess air, exhaust gas analysis, Orsat apparatus. Enthalpy and internal<br />
energy <strong>of</strong> combustion, enthalpy <strong>of</strong> formation, adiabatic flame temperature, Gibb,s<br />
and Helmholtz functions, calorific value <strong>of</strong> fuel and its determination.<br />
Unit II Steam Boiler: Boilers and their classification, comparison between fire<br />
tube and water tube boilers, essentials <strong>of</strong> a good boiler. Constructional and<br />
operational details <strong>of</strong> Locomotive, Babcock-Wilcox, Lancashire Boiler, Benson,<br />
Lamont, Loeffler and Velox boilers. Boiler mountings and accessories. Natural<br />
draft from chimney, height <strong>of</strong> chimney, maximum draft and chimney efficiency,<br />
forced draft and induced draft, Boiler Heat Balance Sheet.<br />
Section B<br />
Unit III Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot and Rankine Vapour cycles, effect <strong>of</strong><br />
operating conditions on thermal efficiency <strong>of</strong> Rankine cycle, Rankine cycle with<br />
superheat, reheat cycle and regenerative feed heating cycle, Binary vapour cycle.<br />
9
Unit IV Flow Through Nozzles: Velocity and heat drop, mass discharge through<br />
a nozzle, critical pressure ratio and its significance, effect <strong>of</strong> friction and nozzle<br />
efficiency, supersaturated flow, nozzles <strong>of</strong>f the design pressure ratio.<br />
Section C & D<br />
Unit V Steam Turbines: Classification, flow through impulse blades, velocity<br />
diagram, calculation <strong>of</strong> power output and efficiency, maximum blade efficiency <strong>of</strong><br />
single stage impulse turbine, blade friction, compounding <strong>of</strong> impulse turbine. Flow<br />
through impulse reaction blades, degree <strong>of</strong> reaction, velocity diagram, calculations<br />
for power output, efficiency and blade height, comparison <strong>of</strong> impulse and impulse<br />
reaction turbines. Losses in steam turbines, stage efficiency overall efficiency and<br />
reheat factor. Governing <strong>of</strong> steam turbines, throttle governing, nozzle control<br />
governing and by pass governing. Steam for heating and process work, back<br />
pressure turbines and pass out turbines.<br />
Unit VI Steam Condensers: Elements <strong>of</strong> a condensing plant, types <strong>of</strong><br />
condensers, comparison <strong>of</strong> jet and surface condensers. Condenser vacuum,<br />
air leakage and loss <strong>of</strong> vacuum, vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency,<br />
Dalton’s law and air vapour mixture, air pumps.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Thermal Engineering – P L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers.<br />
2. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines vol II - R Yadav, Central<br />
Publishing House.<br />
3. Thermal Engineering – A.S.Sarao – S.K.Kataria and Sons.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering Technologists – T D Eastop<br />
and A McConkey, Pearson Education.<br />
2. Heat Engineering – V P Vasandani and D S Kumar, Metropolitan Book<br />
Co Pvt. Ltd.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
10
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING ME - 4006<br />
Course Code ME - 4006 Credits : 3 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Material Science & Engineering<br />
Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />
D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />
10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />
selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />
paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section A<br />
Unit I Crystallography: Review <strong>of</strong> crystal structure, space lattice, crystal planes<br />
and crystal directions, co-ordination number, number <strong>of</strong> atoms per unit cell, atomic<br />
packing factor, numerical problems related to crystallography.<br />
Unit II Imperfection in metal crystals: Crystal imperfection and their classifications,<br />
point defects, line defects, edge & screw dislocations, surface defects, volume<br />
defects, and effects <strong>of</strong> imperfections on metal properties.<br />
Section B<br />
Unit III Solid solutions and phase diagram: Introduction to single and multiphase<br />
solid solutions and types <strong>of</strong> solid solutions, Importance and objectives <strong>of</strong> phase<br />
diagram, systems, phase and structural constituents, cooling curves, unitary &<br />
binary phase diagrams, Gibb’s phase rule, Lever rule, eutectic and eutectoid<br />
systems, peritectic and peritectoid systems, iron carbon equilibrium diagram and<br />
TTT diagram.<br />
11
Unit IV Heat Treatment: Principles, purpose, classification <strong>of</strong> heat treatment<br />
processes, annealing normalizing, stress relieving, hardening, tempering,<br />
carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, flame and induction hardening. Allotropic<br />
transformation <strong>of</strong> iron and steel, properties <strong>of</strong> austenite, ferrite, pearlite, martensite.<br />
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
Section C<br />
Unit V Deformation <strong>of</strong> Metals: Elastic and plastic deformation, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />
plastic deformation, twining; conventional and true stress strain curves for<br />
polycrystalline materials, yield point phenomena, strain hardening, age hardening<br />
work hardening, Bauschinger effect, season cracking. Recovery, re-crystallization<br />
and grain growth.<br />
Unit VI Alloys and alloying elements. Effect <strong>of</strong> various alloying elements on the<br />
mechanical properties. Properties <strong>of</strong> important alloys used in mechanical<br />
engineering practice.<br />
Section D<br />
Unit VII Failures <strong>of</strong> metals: Failure analysis, fracture, process <strong>of</strong> fracture, types<br />
<strong>of</strong> fracture, fatigue, characteristics <strong>of</strong> fatigue, S-N curve, fatigue limit, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />
fatigue, factor affecting fatigue, Miner’s law, simple numerical problems on fatigue.<br />
Unit VIII Creep & Corrosion: Definition and concept, creep curve, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />
creep, impact <strong>of</strong> time and temperature on creep, creep fracture, creep testing and<br />
prevention against creep. Corrosion: Mechanism and effect <strong>of</strong> corrosion, prevention<br />
<strong>of</strong> corrosion.<br />
Text Books :<br />
1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Metallurgy – George E. Dieter Jr. Mc. Graw Hill, International<br />
Students Edition.<br />
2. Physical Metallurgy – Lakhtin – Mir Publishers, Moscow.<br />
3. Physical Metallurgy – Bijender Singh – Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Material Science & Engineering - V.Raghavan, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India Pvt. Ltd.,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
2. A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Material Science & Metallurgy – O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai &<br />
Sons.<br />
3. Material Science and Engineering – An Introduction – Callister, W.D.John Wiley<br />
& Sons. (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
4. Elements <strong>of</strong> Material Science and Engineering : Van Vlack, Wesley Pub. Comp.<br />
5. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G.Budinski, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi.<br />
6. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> materials : Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, New<br />
Delhi.<br />
7. Heat Treatment <strong>of</strong> Metals – Bijender Singh – Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
12
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
Manufacturing Practice - I ME - 4007<br />
Course Code ME - 4007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Manufacturing Practice – I<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment record 25%, Viva/Hands<br />
25%, Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To make a pattern for a given casting with all the necessary allowances,<br />
parting line, running system details. Prepare the mold and make the casting.<br />
Investigate the casting defects and suggest the remedial measures.<br />
2. To make a component involving horizontal and vertical welding and study the<br />
welding defect and suggests their remedies.<br />
3. To prepare a job on surface grinder/cylindrical grinder and measure the<br />
various parameters <strong>of</strong> the finished piece.<br />
4. To cut external threads on a lathe.<br />
5. Manufacture and assembly <strong>of</strong> a unit consisting <strong>of</strong> 2 to 3 components to have<br />
the concept <strong>of</strong> tolerances and fits (shaft and bush assembly or shaft, key and<br />
bush assembly or any suitable assembly).<br />
6. Leveling <strong>of</strong> machine tools and testing their accuracy.<br />
7. Disassembly and assembly <strong>of</strong> small assemblies such as tail stock, bench<br />
vice, screw jack etc.<br />
8. Development and manufacture <strong>of</strong> complex sheet metal components such as<br />
funnel etc.<br />
9. Multi slot cutting on milling machine by indexing.<br />
10. Drilling and boring <strong>of</strong> a bush.<br />
13
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
Computer based Numerical Analysis Lab AS - 4008<br />
Course Code AS - 4008 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
Computer based Numerical Analysis<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
WRITE DOWN AND EXECUTE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS USING<br />
C/C++ LANGUAGE<br />
1. To find the roots <strong>of</strong> non-linear equation using Bisection method/Muller’s<br />
method.<br />
2. To find the roots <strong>of</strong> non-linear equation using Newton’s method/Muller’s<br />
method.<br />
3. Curve fitting by least-squares approximations.<br />
4. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Elimination method.<br />
5. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Seidal iteration method.<br />
6. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Jordan method.<br />
7. To solve integral equation numerically using Trapezoidal rule.<br />
8. To solve integral equation numerically using Simpson’s rule.<br />
9. Find the largest Eigen value <strong>of</strong> a matrix by power – method.<br />
10. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Euler’s<br />
method.<br />
11. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Runge-Kutta<br />
method.<br />
12. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> partial differential equation/laplace equation/<br />
wave equation/heat equation.<br />
13. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Milne’s<br />
method.<br />
14. To solve a given problem using Newton’s forward interpolation formula.<br />
15. To solve a given problem using Lagrange’s forward interpolation formula.<br />
NOTE : Minimum 10 experiments are to be performed.<br />
14
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
HEAT POWER ENGINEERING LAB ME – 4009<br />
Course Code ME - 4009 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
HEAT POWER ENGINEERING LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To prepare heat balance sheet for given boiler<br />
2. To study the working <strong>of</strong> impulse and reaction steam turbines.<br />
3. To find dryness fraction <strong>of</strong> steam by separating and throttling calorimeter.<br />
4. To find power out put & efficiency <strong>of</strong> a steam turbine.<br />
5. To find the condenser efficiencies<br />
6. To study and find volumetric efficiency <strong>of</strong> a reciprocating air compressor.<br />
7. To study cooling tower and find its efficiency.<br />
8. To find calorific value <strong>of</strong> sample <strong>of</strong> fuel using Bomb calorimeter.<br />
15
D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />
SEMESTER – IV<br />
MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB ME - 4010<br />
Course Code ME – 4010 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />
Attendance 20%<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />
by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To study crystal structures <strong>of</strong> a given specimen.<br />
2. To study crystal imperfections in a given specimen.<br />
3. To study micro - structures <strong>of</strong> metals/alloys.<br />
4. To prepare solidification curve for a given specimen.<br />
5. To study heat treatment processes (hardening and tempering) <strong>of</strong> steel<br />
6.<br />
specimen.<br />
To study micro - structure <strong>of</strong> heat treated steel.<br />
7. To study thermo-setting <strong>of</strong> plastics.<br />
8. To study the creep behavior <strong>of</strong> a given specimen.<br />
9. To study the mechanism <strong>of</strong> chemical corrosion and its protection.<br />
10. To study the properties <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> plastics.<br />
11. To study Bravais lattices with the help <strong>of</strong> models.<br />
12. To study crystal structures and crystals imperfections using ball models.<br />
16
SEMESTER – V<br />
KINEMATICS OF MACHINES ME – 5001<br />
Course Code ME – 5001 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course KINEMATICS OF MACHINES<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions:-<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />
be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />
will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Introduction: Mechanism and machines, kinematics links, kinematic pairs, kinematic chains, plane and space<br />
mechanism, kinematic inversion, equivalent linkages, four link planar mechanisms, straight line mechanisms,<br />
steering mechanisms, pantograph.<br />
Kinematic Analysis <strong>of</strong> Plane Mechanisms: Displacement analysis, general plane motion, instantaneous center <strong>of</strong><br />
velocity, graphical and analytical methods <strong>of</strong> velocity and acceleration analysis.<br />
Section – B<br />
Cams: Classification <strong>of</strong> cams and followers, disc cam nomenclature, construction <strong>of</strong> displacement, velocity and<br />
acceleration diagrams for different types <strong>of</strong> follower motions, analysis <strong>of</strong> follower motions, determination <strong>of</strong> basic<br />
dimension, synthesis <strong>of</strong> cam pr<strong>of</strong>ile by graphical approach, cams with specified contours, tangent and circular<br />
arc cams.<br />
Section – C<br />
Gears: fundamental law <strong>of</strong> gearing, involute spur gears, characteristics <strong>of</strong> involute action, Interference and<br />
undercutting, center distance variation, non standard gear teeth, helical, spiral bevel and worm gears.<br />
Gear Trains: Synthesis <strong>of</strong> simple, compound and reverted gear trains, analysis <strong>of</strong> epicyclic gear trains.<br />
Section – D<br />
Kinematic synthesis <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms. Type, number and dimensional synthesis, function generation, path<br />
generation and body guidance two and three position synthesis <strong>of</strong> four bar and slider crank by graphical and<br />
analytical methods, Freudenstein’s equation precision position, structural error; Chebychev spacing,<br />
transmission angle.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Theory <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms and Machines : Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Third Edition Affiliated<br />
East West Press.<br />
2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: S.S.Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Mechanism and Machine Theory: J.S.Rao and R.V.Dukkipati Second Edition New age International.<br />
2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Sigley and john Joseph Uicker, Jr. Second Edition<br />
McGraw Hill, Inc.
SEMESTER – V<br />
MACHINE DESIGN – I ME – 5002<br />
Course Code ME – 5002 Credits: 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE DESIGN – I<br />
Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />
<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />
will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />
one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />
the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Selection <strong>of</strong> Materials: Classification <strong>of</strong> Engg. Materials, <strong>Mechanical</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> the<br />
commonly used Engg. materials, B.I.S. system <strong>of</strong> designation <strong>of</strong> steel, B.I.S.System <strong>of</strong><br />
designation <strong>of</strong> C.I. B.I.S. system <strong>of</strong> Fits & Tolerances.<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> Joints: ISO Metric Screw Threads, Bolted joints in tension, Eccentrically loaded<br />
bolted joints in shear and under combined stresses, Design <strong>of</strong> power screws.<br />
Section – B<br />
Riveted Joints, Welded Joints Cotter and Knuckle Joints: Design <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> riveted<br />
and welded joints, joints under different static loading conditions, eccentrically loaded riveted<br />
joints, design <strong>of</strong> cotter and knuckle joints. Design <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> welding joints under<br />
different static loading, eccentrically loaded welding joints.<br />
Section – C<br />
Belt, rope and chain drives: Design <strong>of</strong> belt drives, Flat & V-belt drives, Conditions for<br />
Transmission <strong>of</strong> max. Power, Selection <strong>of</strong> belt, design <strong>of</strong> rope drives, design <strong>of</strong> chain drives<br />
with sprockets.<br />
Keys, Couplings and Flywheel : Design <strong>of</strong> Keys, Flat, Kennedy Keys, Splines, Couplings<br />
design Rigid & Flexible coupling, Turning Moment diagram, Coefficient <strong>of</strong> fluctuation <strong>of</strong><br />
energy and speed, design <strong>of</strong> flywheel – solid disk and rimmed flywheels.
Section – D<br />
Clutches: Various types <strong>of</strong> clutches in use, Design <strong>of</strong> friction clutches, Disc, Multidisc and<br />
Cone type.<br />
Brakes: Various types <strong>of</strong> brakes, Self energizing condition <strong>of</strong> brakes, Design <strong>of</strong> shoe brakes –<br />
Internal & external expanding, band brakes.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engg. Design – First Metric Editions : Joseph Edward Shigley – Mc Graw<br />
Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Elements – V.B.Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />
3. PSG Design Data Book.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Engineering design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Product Design and Manufacturing – Edition PHI –A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta.<br />
3. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Second Edition – Addison<br />
Wesley Longman.<br />
4. Machine Design : S.G.Kulkarini – Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
5. Machine Design in SI Units Maleev & Hartman 5 th edition (edited by O.P.Grover)<br />
Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the<br />
use <strong>of</strong> only PSG Design Data book is permitted.
SEMESTER – V<br />
FLUID MACHINES ME – 5003<br />
Course Code ME – 5003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FLUID MACHINES<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />
<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />
will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />
one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />
the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Impact <strong>of</strong> free jets: Impulse – momentum principle, jet impingement – on a stationary flat plate and on<br />
a hinged plate – on a moving flat plate – at the centre <strong>of</strong> a stationery vane, a moving vane and a<br />
series <strong>of</strong> vanes Jet striking tangentially at the tip <strong>of</strong> a stationery vane and a moving vane, jet<br />
propulsion <strong>of</strong> ships.<br />
Impulse Turbines: Classification – impulse and reaction turbines, water wheels, component parts,<br />
construction, operation and governing mechanism <strong>of</strong> a Pelton wheel, work done, effective head<br />
available head and efficiency <strong>of</strong> a pelton wheel, design aspects, speed ratio, flow ratio, jet ratio<br />
number <strong>of</strong> jets, number <strong>of</strong> buckets and working proportions, Performance Characteristics, Numerical<br />
Problems.<br />
Section – B<br />
Francis Turbines: Component parts, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> a Francis turbine, governing<br />
mechanism, work done by the turbine runner, working proportions and design parameters, slow<br />
medium and fast runners, degree <strong>of</strong> reaction, inward/outward radial flow reaction turbines,<br />
Performance Characteristics.<br />
Propeller and Kaplan turbines: Component parts, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> a Kaplan turbine,<br />
differences between the Francis and Kaplan turbines, draft tube – its functions and different forms,<br />
Performance Characteristics.<br />
Section – C<br />
Dimensional Analysis and Model Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method and<br />
Buckingham’s Pitheorem, model studies and similitude, dimensionless numbers and their<br />
significance. Unit quantities, specific speed and model relationships for turbines, scale effect<br />
cavitations – its causes, harmful effects and prevention, Thomas cavitation number.<br />
Hydraulic systems: Function, construction and operation <strong>of</strong>: Hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic<br />
intensifier, hydraulic crane, hydraulic lift and hydraulic press, Hydraulic ram.
Section – D<br />
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, velocity vector diagrams and work done, hydraulic and manometric<br />
efficiency, vane shape, head capacity relationship and pump losses, pressure rise impeller, minimum<br />
starting speed, multi-stage pumps, Similarity relations and specific speed, net positive suction head,<br />
cavitation and maximum suctions lift, performance characteristics.<br />
Reciprocating Pumps: Construction and operational details, discharge coefficient, volumetric<br />
efficiency and slip, work and power input, effect <strong>of</strong> acceleration and friction on indicator diagram<br />
(pressure – stroke length plot) air vessels and their utility. Centrifugal Vs. reciprocating pumps.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics – Modi & Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, N.Sarak, Delhi.<br />
2. Hydraulic Machines – V.P.Vasandani.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal.<br />
2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines: S.K.Somand G.Biswas, Tata McGraw<br />
Hill.<br />
3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D.S.Kumar, S.K.Kataria and Sons.
SEMESTER – V<br />
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES ME – 5004<br />
Course Code ME – 5004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />
<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />
will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />
one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />
the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Introduction: I.C.Engines and their classification, Piston – Cylinder Arrangement and Related Terms,<br />
parts and their functions, Cycle <strong>of</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> four stroke and two stroke Engines, Applications.<br />
Analysis <strong>of</strong> Air Standard Otto, Diesel and Dual Cycles, Air Standard Efficiency and Mean Effective<br />
Pressure, Deviation <strong>of</strong> Actual Engine Cycle from Ideal Cycle, Valve Timing Diagrams for I.C.Engines,<br />
Wankel Engine.<br />
Two Stroke Engines: Principle <strong>of</strong> working, Scavenging and Scavenging Methods, Port Timing<br />
Diagram, Merits and Demerits, Applications, Comparison with Four Stroke Engines.<br />
Section – B<br />
Carburetion and Fuel Ignition Systems: Purpose, Main Requirements and Principle <strong>of</strong> a Carburetor,<br />
Constructional and Operational Details <strong>of</strong> a Single jet Carburetor, Compensating Devices, Salient<br />
Features and Comparative Merits/Demerits <strong>of</strong> Battery Ignition system and Magneto Ignition System,<br />
Timings and Spark Advance, Introduction to Basic Electronic Petrol Injection System, and Multipoint<br />
Fuel Injection System.<br />
Fuel Injection in CI Engines: Requirements <strong>of</strong> Diesel Fuel Injection System, Air Injection and Airless<br />
Injection systems, constructional and Operational Details <strong>of</strong> Fuel Pump and Fuel Atomizer.<br />
Section – C<br />
Combustion Process: Stages <strong>of</strong> combustion in S.I.Engines, Flame Ignition and Propagation, Effect <strong>of</strong><br />
Engine Variables on Flame Speed, Pre-Ignition and Detonation, Engine Variables Affecting<br />
Detonation, Theories <strong>of</strong> Detonation, Highest Useful Compression Ratio and Octane Rating <strong>of</strong> Fuels.<br />
Combustion in CI Engines, Effect <strong>of</strong> Operating Variables on Delay Period and Diesel Knock,<br />
Comparison between Knocking in SI and CI Engines, Rating <strong>of</strong> Diesel Fuel – Cetane Number and<br />
Diesel Index.<br />
Cooling and Lubrication Systems: Need for Cooling, Classification <strong>of</strong> Cooling Systems – Thermo<br />
System, Radiator and Air-Cooling Systems. Function <strong>of</strong> a Lubricating System, Splash and Pressure<br />
Lubrication System, Wet and Dry Sump Lubrications, Lubrication <strong>of</strong> different Engine Parts, S.A.E.<br />
Rating <strong>of</strong> Lubricants.
Section – D<br />
Engine Testing and Performance: Purpose <strong>of</strong> Testing, Performance Parameters: Brake Power,<br />
Indicated Power, <strong>Mechanical</strong> Efficiency, Fuel and Air Consumption. Thermal Efficiency and Specific<br />
Fuel consumption. Heat balance Calculations and Performance Maps. Supercharging: Objective,<br />
Effects and its limits in SI and CI Engines, Numerical Problems.<br />
Engine Pollution and Alternative Fuels: Pollutants from SI and CI Engines, Methods <strong>of</strong> Emission<br />
Control, Alternate Fuels – Alcohol, LPG, Hydrogen, CNG, Biogas, Relative Merits and Demerits <strong>of</strong><br />
these Fuels.<br />
Text Books:<br />
v Internal Combustion Engines – V.Ganeshan, Mc. Graw Hill.<br />
v Automobile Engg. Vol.-II, Dr. Kirpal singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi.<br />
v Internal Combustion Engines – Mathur and Sharma, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
v Internal Combustion Engines – Romalingum, Scitech Publication.<br />
v IC Engines – Maleev, McGraw Hill.<br />
v Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Automotive Engines – Srockan.
SEMESTER – V<br />
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – II ME – 5005<br />
Course Code ME – 5005 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – II<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />
<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />
will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />
one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />
the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Mechanism <strong>of</strong> Metal Cutting: Deformation <strong>of</strong> metal during machining, nomenclature <strong>of</strong> lathe,<br />
milling tools, mechanics <strong>of</strong> chip formation, built-up edges, mechanics <strong>of</strong> orthogonal and<br />
oblique cutting, Merchant cutting force circle and shear angle relationship in orthogonal<br />
cutting, factors affecting tool forces. Cutting speed, feed and depth <strong>of</strong> cut, surface finish.<br />
Temperature distribution at tool chip interface. Numericals on cutting forces and Merchant<br />
circle.<br />
Section – B<br />
Cutting Tool Materials and Cutting Fluids: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> tool materials, various types <strong>of</strong><br />
cutting tool materials, coated tools, cutting tool selection, Purpose and types <strong>of</strong> cutting fluids,<br />
basic actions <strong>of</strong> cutting fluids, effect <strong>of</strong> cutting fluid on tool life, selections <strong>of</strong> cutting fluid.<br />
Tool Wear and Machinability: Types <strong>of</strong> tool wear, tool life, factors governing tool life,<br />
Machinability: Definition and evaluation, Economics <strong>of</strong> machining, Numericals on tool life.<br />
Section – C<br />
Gear Manufacturing: Introduction, methods <strong>of</strong> manufacture, Gear generation and forming:<br />
Gear cutting by milling, single point form tool, gear hobbing and shaping, Gear finishing<br />
operations: Gear shaving, gear burnishing, gear grinding, lapping.<br />
Jigs & Fixtures: Introduction, location and location devices, clamping and clamping device,<br />
Drill Jigs, Milling Fixtures.
Section – D<br />
Unconventional Machining Processes: Abrasive jet machining: Principles, applications,<br />
process parameters, Ultrasonic machining: Principles, applications, analysis <strong>of</strong> process<br />
parameters. Electro-chemical machining and grinding: Principles, classifications, choice <strong>of</strong><br />
electrolytes, applications. Electric discharge machining: Principles, selection <strong>of</strong> tools<br />
materials and dielectric fluid. Electron beam machining: Generation <strong>of</strong> electron beam, relative<br />
merits and demerits. Laser beam machining: Principles and applications.<br />
Text Books:<br />
v Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and machine Tools: P.N.Rao, Tata McGraw<br />
hill, New Delhi.<br />
v Introduction to Jig and Tool Design : Kempster M.H.A., Hodder & Stoughton, England.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
v Principles <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools – F.C.She & A.Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill, New<br />
Delhi.<br />
v Manufacturing Engineering & Technology, Kalpakjian, Scrope Addison – Wesly<br />
Publishing Co. New York.<br />
v Modern Machining Processes: P.C.Pandey &H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw Hill Company,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
v Text Book <strong>of</strong> Production Engineering: P.C.Sharma, S.Chand & Sons……..
SEMESTER – V<br />
KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB ME – 5006<br />
Course Code ME – 5006 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Lab Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To study various types <strong>of</strong> kinematic links, Pairs, Chains and Mechanisms.<br />
2. To study inversions <strong>of</strong> 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and Double slider crank mechanisms.<br />
3. To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank rotation for Single Slider<br />
Crank mechanism.<br />
4. To find Coefficient <strong>of</strong> friction between Belt and Pulley.<br />
5. To study various type <strong>of</strong> Cam and Follower arrangements.<br />
6. To plot follower displacement vs cam rotations for various Cam Follower systems.<br />
7. To generate spur gear involute tooth pr<strong>of</strong>ile using simulated gear shaping process.<br />
8. To study various types <strong>of</strong> gears – Helical, worm & bevel gears.<br />
9. To study various types <strong>of</strong> gear trains – simple, compound, reverted, epicyclic and differential.<br />
10. To study the working <strong>of</strong> Screw Jack and determine its efficiency.
SEMESTER – V<br />
FLUID MACHINES LAB ME – 5007<br />
Course Code ME – 5007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
FLUID MACHINES LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Pelton turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />
2. To draw the performance characteristics <strong>of</strong> Pelton turbine constant head, constant speed<br />
and constant efficiency.<br />
3. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Francis turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />
4. To draw the constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency performance<br />
characteristics <strong>of</strong> Francis turbine.<br />
5. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Kaplan turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />
6. To draw the constant head, speed and efficiency curves for a Kaplan turbine.<br />
7. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Centrifugal Pump and draw its characteristic<br />
curves.<br />
8. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Reciprocating Pump and draw its characteristic<br />
curves.<br />
9. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Hydraulic Ram and determine its various<br />
efficiencies.<br />
10. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Centrifugal compressor.
SEMESTER – V<br />
I.C.ENGINES LAB ME – 5008<br />
Course Code ME – 5008 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
I.C.ENGINES LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To study the constructional details and working principles <strong>of</strong> two-stroke/four stroke petrol<br />
engine.<br />
2. To study the constructional details and working <strong>of</strong> two-stroke/four stroke diesel engine.<br />
3. Analysis <strong>of</strong> exhaust gases from single cylinder/multicylinder diesel/petrol engine by Orsat<br />
Apparatus.<br />
4. To prepare heat balance sheet on multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine.<br />
5. To find the Indicated Power (IP) on multi-cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine by Morse<br />
Test.<br />
6. To prepare variable speed performance test <strong>of</strong> a multi-cylinder/single cylinder petrol<br />
engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves (i) BP, IP, FP, vs speed. (ii) Volumetric<br />
Efficiency and Indicated Specific Fuel Consumption vs speed.<br />
7. To find FP <strong>of</strong> a multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine by Willian’s line method and by<br />
motoring method.<br />
8. To perform constant speed performance test on a single cylinder/multi cylinder diesel<br />
engine and draw curves <strong>of</strong> (i) BP vs fuels rate, air rate and A/F and (ii) BP Vs. mech<br />
efficiency and bsfc.<br />
9. To measure CO. & Hydrocarbons in the exhaust <strong>of</strong> 2 stroke / 4 stroke petrol engine.<br />
10. To find intensity <strong>of</strong> smoke from a single cylinder / multicylinder diesel engine.
SEMESTER – V<br />
MANUFACTURING PRACTICE – II ME – 5009<br />
Course Code ME – 5009 Credits: 3 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
MANUFACTURING PRACTICE – II<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To measure a gap gauge with slip gauges.<br />
2. To measure the height <strong>of</strong> a circular spigot.<br />
3. To calibrate a micrometer.<br />
4. To measure a plug screw gauge.<br />
5. To check a straight edge.<br />
6. To check a engineer square.<br />
7. To measure the angle <strong>of</strong> taper plug with sine bar.<br />
8. To check a form gauge by projections including the construction <strong>of</strong> the projections drawing.<br />
9. To check a sine bar.<br />
10. To measure the pitch error <strong>of</strong> a screw gauge (plug or Ring).<br />
11. To measure the form and angle <strong>of</strong> a plug screw gauge by optical methods.<br />
12. To calibrate dial gauge.<br />
13. To compare the two slip gauges using an optical flat.<br />
14. To test the flatness <strong>of</strong> a surface plate using a block level.
SEMESTER –V<br />
AUTOCAD LABORATORY ME – 5010<br />
Course Code ME – 5010 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
AUTOCAD LABORATORY<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />
related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. Setting up <strong>of</strong> drawing environment by setting drawing limits, drawing units, naming the drawing<br />
naming layers, setting line types for different layers using various type <strong>of</strong> lines in Engineering<br />
drawing, saving the file with dwg. extension.<br />
2. Layout drawing <strong>of</strong> a building using different layer and line colors indicating all Building details<br />
name the details using text commands, Make a title Block.<br />
3. To Draw Orthographic projection drawings (Front, Top and side) <strong>of</strong> boiler safety valve giving<br />
name the components <strong>of</strong> the valve.<br />
4. Make an Isometric dimensioned drawing <strong>of</strong> a connecting Rod using Isometric grid and snap.<br />
5. Draw quarter sectional isometric view <strong>of</strong> a cotter joint.<br />
6. Draw different types <strong>of</strong> bolts and nuts with internal and external threading in Acme and square<br />
threading standards. Save the bolts and nuts as blocks suitable for insertion.<br />
7. Draw 3D models by extruding simple 2D objects, dimension and name the objects.<br />
8. Draw a 3D model <strong>of</strong> a machine component using 3D primitives and using commands like<br />
Union. Subtraction, Revolve, Slice, Rotate 3D etc. Calculate surface Area, Mass, Centre <strong>of</strong><br />
Gravity and Mass moment <strong>of</strong> inertia using inquiry commands render the figure made and<br />
attach a material to the figure.<br />
9. Draw a spiral by extruding a circle.<br />
10. Draw an assembly. Drawing <strong>of</strong> a machine part in 3D, different components <strong>of</strong> the machine are<br />
to be made in separate layers.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
DYNAMICS OF MACHINES ME – 6001<br />
Course Code ME – 6001 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DYNAMICS OF MACHINES<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions:<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />
be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />
will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />
in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Static and Dynamic Force Analysis: Static force analysis <strong>of</strong> planar mechanisms, dynamic force<br />
analysis including inertia and frictional forces <strong>of</strong> planar mechanisms.<br />
Balancing <strong>of</strong> Rotating Components: Static balance, dynamic balance, balancing <strong>of</strong> rotating masses,<br />
two plane balancing, graphical and analytical methods, balancing machines.<br />
Section – B<br />
Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Reciprocating Engines: Engine types, indicator diagrams, gas forces, equivalent masses,<br />
inertia forces, bearing loads in a single cylinder engine, crankshaft torque, engine shaking forces.<br />
Balancing <strong>of</strong> Reciprocating Parts: Balancing <strong>of</strong> single cylinder engine, balancing <strong>of</strong> multi cylinder;<br />
inline, radial and V type engines.<br />
Section – C<br />
Governors: Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> governors, characteristics <strong>of</strong> centrifugal governors, gravity controlled<br />
and spring controlled centrifugal governors, hunting <strong>of</strong> centrifugal governors.<br />
Section – D<br />
Dynamometers: types <strong>of</strong> dynamometers, prony brake, rope brake and band brake dynamometers,<br />
belt transmission dynamometer, torsion dynamometer, hydraulic dynamometer.<br />
Gyroscope: precession angular motion and gyroscopic couple and their effects on aeroplane, ship<br />
during steering, rolling and pitching.Stability <strong>of</strong> four wheel vehicles moving on curved paths.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Theory <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms and Machines : Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Third<br />
Edition Affiliated East West Press.<br />
2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Sigley and john Joseph Uicker, Jr.<br />
Second Edition McGraw Hill, Inc.<br />
3. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: S.S.Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Mechanism and Machine Theory: J.S.Rao and R.V.Dukkipati Second Edition New age<br />
International.<br />
2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: Thomas Beven.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
MACHINE DESIGN – II ME – 6002<br />
Course Code ME – 6002 Credits: 6 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE DESIGN – II<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar<br />
10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />
be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />
will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination<br />
for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />
syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />
the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />
Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Design for Production: Erogonomic considerations in design, Design considerations <strong>of</strong> casting, forging and<br />
machining. Variable Loading : Different types <strong>of</strong> fluctuating / variable stresses, Fatigue strength<br />
considering stress concentration factor, surface factor, size factor, reliability factor etc. Fatigue design for<br />
finite and infinite life against combined variable stress using Goodman and Soderberg’s Criterion. Fatigue<br />
design using Miner’s equation, Problems.<br />
Section – B<br />
Shafts: Detailed design <strong>of</strong> shafts for static and dynamic loading, Rigidity and deflection consideration.<br />
problems<br />
Springs: Types <strong>of</strong> Springs, Design for helical springs against tension and their uses. Compression and<br />
fluctuating loads, Design <strong>of</strong> leaf springs, Surging phenomenon in springs. Design problem.<br />
Section – C<br />
Bearings: design <strong>of</strong> pivot and collar bearing, Selection <strong>of</strong> ball and roller bearing based on static and<br />
dynamic load carrying capacity using load life relationship, Selection <strong>of</strong> bearings from manufacturer’s<br />
catalogue, types <strong>of</strong> lubrication – Boudary, mixed and hydradynamic lubrication, Design <strong>of</strong> journal bearings<br />
using Raimondi and Boyd’s Charts, Lubricants and their properties, Selection <strong>of</strong> suitable lubricants, Design<br />
Problems.<br />
Section – D<br />
Gears: Classification, Selection <strong>of</strong> gears, Terminology <strong>of</strong> gears, Force analysis, Selection <strong>of</strong> material for<br />
gears, Beam and wear strength <strong>of</strong> gear tooth, form or Lewis factor for gear tooth, Dynamic load on gear<br />
and Buckingham equation and Design <strong>of</strong> spur, helical, bevel & worm gear including the consideration for<br />
maximum power transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design Problems.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engg. Design – First Metric Editions : Joseph Edward Shigley – Mc Graw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Elements – V.B.Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Engineering Design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Product Design and Manufacturing – Edition PHI –A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta.<br />
3. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Second Edition – Addison Wesley<br />
Longman.<br />
4. Machine Design : S.G.Kulkarini – Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
5. Machine Design – Maleev &Hartman, 5 th Edition (edited by O.P.Grover) CB 1999 in SI units.<br />
Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the use <strong>of</strong> only<br />
PSG Design Data book is permitted.<br />
40
SEMESTER – VI<br />
MACHINE TOOLS ME – 6003<br />
Course Code ME – 6003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE TOOLS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Machine Tools: Classification <strong>of</strong> machine tools, generation and forming, methods <strong>of</strong> generating surfaces,<br />
accuracy and finish achievable. Basic elements <strong>of</strong> machine tools: Support structures, guideways, general<br />
work holding methods, fundamentals <strong>of</strong> machine tool drives (Ray Diagram).<br />
Section – B<br />
Centre Lathe: Introduction, constructional features <strong>of</strong> centre lathe, aids for support and location, cutting<br />
tools, operations performed on centre lathe, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods, special<br />
attachments, machining time and power estimation, typical set-ups.<br />
Special Purpose Lathes: Limitations <strong>of</strong> a centre lathe, capstan and turret lathes, automatic lathes, tooling<br />
layout and CAM design for automatic lathes. Reciprocating machine tools: Shaper, planer, slotter.<br />
Section – C<br />
Milling Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> milingmachines, milling operations, dividing head, milling mechanics, maching<br />
time estimation, special set-ups.<br />
Hole making operations: Introduction, drilling, reaming, boring, tapping and other hole making operations.<br />
Abrasive Processes: Introduction, grinding wheel-designation and selection, types <strong>of</strong> grinding machines,<br />
grinding processes, grinding processes parameters, creep feed grinding, honing, lapping, other finishing<br />
processes. Other machine tools: Sawing, Broaching.<br />
Section – D<br />
Numerical Control <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools: Introduction, numerical control. NC machine tools, part programming<br />
fundamentals, manual part programming methods, computer aided part programming (CAP).<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and Machine Tools: P.N.Rao, Tata McGraw Hill, New<br />
Delhi.<br />
2. Text Book <strong>of</strong> Production Engineering: P.C.Sharma, S.Chand & Sons.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Principles <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools: G.C.Sen & A.Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi.<br />
2. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology – Kalpakjian, Scrope Addison – Wesley Publishing Co.<br />
New Delhi.<br />
3. Modern Machining Processes – P.C.Pandey & H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL ME – 6004<br />
Course Code ME – 6004 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50%,<br />
Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />
will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />
will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two<br />
questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the<br />
sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
v General Concept:<br />
Need and classification <strong>of</strong> measurements and instruments, basic and auxiliary functional elements <strong>of</strong> a measurement<br />
system, <strong>Mechanical</strong> versus electrical/electronic instruments, primary, secondary and working standards.<br />
v Static and Dynamic characteristics <strong>of</strong> Instruments<br />
Range and span, accuracy and precision, calibration, hysterecsis and dead zone, sensitivity and linearity, threshold and<br />
resolution : speed <strong>of</strong> response, lag, fidelity and dynamic error, dead time and dead zone.<br />
Zero, first and second order systems and their response to step, ramp and sinusoidal input signals.<br />
v Error in Measurement<br />
Sources <strong>of</strong> errors, systematic and random errors: Statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> test data.<br />
Section – B<br />
v Functional Elements:<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> Electro-mechanical sensors and transducers – variable resistance, inductance and capacitive pick ups, photo<br />
cells and piezo-electric transducers, and application <strong>of</strong> these elements for measurement <strong>of</strong> position/displacement,<br />
speed/velocity/acceleration, force and liquid level etc.<br />
Resistances strain gauges, gauge factor, bonded and unbonded gauges, surface preparation and bonding technique,<br />
signal conditioning and bridge circuits, temperature compensation, Application <strong>of</strong> strain gauges for direct, bending and<br />
torsional loads.<br />
Section – C<br />
v Pressure and Flow Measurement:<br />
Bourdon tube, diaphragm and bellows, vacuum measurement – Mecleod gauge, thermal conductivity gauge and<br />
ionisation gauge, Dead weight gauge testor.<br />
Electromagnetic flux meters, ultra-sonic flow meters and hot wire anemometer: Flow visualisation technique.<br />
v Temperature Measurement:<br />
Thermal expansion methods – bimetallic thermometers, liquid-in-glass thermometer and filled-in-system thermometers,<br />
thermo-electric sensors-common thermo couples, reference junction considerations, special materials and<br />
configurations: metal resistance thermometers and thermistors; optical and to radiation phyrometers, calibration<br />
standards.<br />
v Speed, Force, Torque and Shaft Lower Measurement<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> techometers, vibration and techometer and strobscope; proving ring, hydraulic a pneumatic load cells,<br />
torque on rotating shafts, absorption, transmission and driving dynamometers.<br />
Section – D<br />
v Controls:<br />
Control system-open and closed loop system; elements <strong>of</strong> a control system; servo mechanism process control and<br />
regulators, transfer function; block diagram and overall transfer function <strong>of</strong> a multi loop control system, signal flow graph<br />
and Mason’s Rule system stability – Routh and Harwitz criteria stability; Time and frequency domain Nyquist plot for<br />
stability study.<br />
Books Suggested:<br />
1. Measurement system: Application and Design by Doebelin E.O., McGraw Hill Publishing Company.<br />
2. Experimental Method for Engineers by Holman J.P., McGraw Hill Publication Company.<br />
3. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurement and Control by Kumar D.S., Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
4. Automatic Control System by Kuo B.C., Prentice Hall.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ME – 6005<br />
Course Code ME – 6005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
v Importance <strong>of</strong> Industrial Management:<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> scientific management. Definition <strong>of</strong> a manager, Relationship between management,<br />
organisation an administration. Authority and responsibility. Types <strong>of</strong> organization: Military (Departmental<br />
functional and line and staff type, Management charts.<br />
v Labour Compensation:<br />
Time rates, piece rates and their combination. What are incentives, premium bonus systems? British and<br />
American systems. Is pr<strong>of</strong>it sharing an effective incentive? Financial incentives.<br />
Section – B<br />
v Research and Development:<br />
Considerations while developing a new product for manufacture, sources <strong>of</strong> new ideas, Simplification and<br />
diversification <strong>of</strong> products as related to the volume <strong>of</strong> sale. Research basic and applied. Their respective<br />
field. Agencies for research, council <strong>of</strong> Scientific and Industrial Research (India). Consideration in the<br />
selection <strong>of</strong> research personnel. Standards, their usefulness, right line fro introduction <strong>of</strong> standard. Different<br />
types <strong>of</strong> fits tolerance, standard sizes <strong>of</strong> drawing. Importance <strong>of</strong> Indian Standard Institutions.<br />
Section – C<br />
v Planning Production and Production Control:<br />
Functions <strong>of</strong> planning routing, scheduling, despatchng and follow up. Types <strong>of</strong> manufacture, jobbing batch<br />
and mass production. Production control charts. Route and process charts. Operation charts, machine load<br />
charts, Gantt charts, Progress charts; <strong>Mechanical</strong> and Bar Type.<br />
v Quality Control and Inspection:<br />
Economics <strong>of</strong> Quality Control. Organisation <strong>of</strong> quality control, Inspection, inspection standards and<br />
methods; introduction to statistical methods <strong>of</strong> quality control.<br />
Section – D<br />
v Time and Motion Study:<br />
Their importance in scientific management. Classification <strong>of</strong> motion, Therbligs Process charts, principles <strong>of</strong><br />
motion, economy, layout <strong>of</strong> work place, time study technique. Merit rating, setting time standards, standard<br />
time.<br />
v Materials and store control:<br />
Ordering <strong>of</strong> new material, when to order, material purchase requisition, inventory control types <strong>of</strong> store room<br />
and store main record. Qualities <strong>of</strong> a good purchase <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Industrial Management: Spregiel. John Wiley & Sons. N.York, 1961.<br />
2. Industrial Organisation: Kimball and Kimball. Vakils Feffer & Simsons Pvt. Ltd. Bombay, 1971.<br />
3. Industrial Engg. & Management: Dhanpat Rai & Sons, N.Delhi, 1992.<br />
40
SEMESTER – VI<br />
HEAT TRANSFER ME – 6006<br />
Course Code ME – 6006 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course HEAT TRANSFER<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Steady State Heat Conduction: Introduction, I-D heat conduction thorugh a plane wall, long hollow cylinder,<br />
hollow sphere, Conduction equation in Cartesian, polar and spherical co-ordiante systems.<br />
Steady State Conduction with Heat Generation: Introduction, 1 – D heat conduction with heat sources, Extended<br />
surfaces (fins), Fin effectiveness 2-D heat conduction.<br />
Section – B<br />
Transient Heat Conduction: Systems with negligible internal resistance, Transient heat conduction in plane wall,<br />
cylinders, spheres with convective boundry conditions, Chart solution, Relaxation Method, Numericals.<br />
Convection: Forced convection – Thermal and hydro-dynamic boundry layers, Equation <strong>of</strong> continuity,<br />
Momentum and energy equations, some results for flow over a flat plate and flow through tube, Fluid friction and<br />
heat transfer (Colburn analogy), Free convection from a vertical flat plate, Empirical relations for free convection<br />
from vertical and horizontal <strong>of</strong> planes and cylinders.<br />
Section – C<br />
Thermal Radiation: The Stephen – Boltzmann law, The black body radiation, Shape factors and their<br />
relationships, Heat exchange between non black bodies, Electrical network for radiative exchange in an<br />
enclosure <strong>of</strong> two or three gray bodies, Radiation shields.<br />
Section – D<br />
Heat Exchangers: Classification, Performance variables, Analysis <strong>of</strong> a parallel/counter flow heat exchanger,<br />
Heat exchanger effectiveness.<br />
Heat Transfer with change <strong>of</strong> Phase: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate, Drop-wise condensation,<br />
Boiling regimes, Free convective, Nucleate and film boiling.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Heat Transfer – J.P.Holman, John Wiley & Sons, New York.<br />
2. Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Heat and Mass Transfer – Incropera, F.P. & Dewill, D.P.-John Willey & Sons, New<br />
York.<br />
3. Heat Transfer – D.S.Kumar, Kataria & Sons, Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Conduction <strong>of</strong> Heat in Solids – Carslow, H.S. and J.C.Jaeger – oxford Univ. Press.<br />
2. Conduction Heat Transfer – Arpasi, V.S. – Addison – Wesley.<br />
3. Engg. Heat Transfer – C.P.Gupa Nem Chand & Brothers, Roorkee.<br />
4. Compact Heat Exchangers – W.M.Keys & A.L.Landon,Mc. Graw hill.<br />
5. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer – Siegel, R. and J.R.Howell, Mc.Gaw Hill.<br />
6. Heat Transmission – W.M., Mc. Adams, Mc Graw Hill.<br />
Heat Mass Transfer – Domkundwar.<br />
Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> steam table charts, graphical plots is permitted.<br />
40
SEMESTER – VI<br />
DYNAMICS OF MACHINE LAB ME – 6007<br />
Course Code ME – 6007 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
DYNAMICS OF MACHINE LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. To perform experiment on Watt and Porter Governors to prepare performance<br />
characteristic curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />
2. To perform experiment on Proell Governor to prepare performance characteristic<br />
curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />
3. To perform experiment on Hartnell Governor to prepare performance characteristic<br />
curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />
4. To study gyroscopic effects through models.<br />
5. To determine gyroscopic couple on motorized gryoscope.<br />
6. To perform the experiment for static balancing on static balancing machine.<br />
7. To perform the experiment for dynamic balancing on dynamic balancing machine.<br />
8. Determine the moment <strong>of</strong> inertial <strong>of</strong> connecting rod by compound pendulum<br />
method and triflair suspension pendulum.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
HEAT TRANSFER LAB ME – 6008<br />
Course Code ME – 6008 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
HEAT TRANSFER LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:-<br />
1. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> a metallic rod.<br />
2. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> an insulating powder.<br />
3. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> a solid by the guarded hot plate method.<br />
4. To find the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a pin fin in a rectangular duct natural convective condition<br />
and plot temperature distribution along its length.<br />
5. To find the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a pin fin in a rectangular duct under forced convective<br />
conditions and plot temperature distribution along its length.<br />
6. To determine the surface heat transfer coefficient for a heated vertical tube under<br />
natural convection and plot the variation <strong>of</strong> local heat transfer coefficient along the<br />
length <strong>of</strong> the tube. Also compare the results with those <strong>of</strong> the correlations.<br />
7. To determine the average heat transfer coefficient for a externally heated horizontal<br />
pipe under forced convection and plot Reynolds and Nusselt numbers along the length<br />
<strong>of</strong> pipe. Also compare the results with those <strong>of</strong> the correlations.<br />
8. To measure the emmisivity <strong>of</strong> the gray body (plate) at different temperature and plot<br />
the variation <strong>of</strong> emmisivity with surface temperature.<br />
9. To find overall heat transfer coefficient and effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a heat exchange under<br />
parallel and counter flow conditions. Also plot the temperature distribution in both the<br />
cases along the length <strong>of</strong> heat <strong>of</strong> heat exchanger.<br />
10. To verify the Stefen Boltzman constant for thermal radiation.
SEMESTER – VI<br />
MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL LAB ME – 6009<br />
Course Code ME – 6009 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:-<br />
1. Study <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> a planimeter for area measurement.<br />
2. Calibration <strong>of</strong> pressure-gauge with the help <strong>of</strong> a dead weight gauge tester.<br />
3. Use <strong>of</strong> the engine indicator for recording the cylinder pressure against cylinder volume.<br />
4. Preparation <strong>of</strong> a thermocouple for measurement <strong>of</strong> temperature and a study <strong>of</strong> the use<br />
<strong>of</strong> potentiometer in temperature measurement with the help <strong>of</strong> a thermocouple.<br />
5. Use <strong>of</strong> a tachometer and stroboscope for measurement <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> a shaft.<br />
6. Measurement <strong>of</strong> torque with the help <strong>of</strong> an absorption dynamometer.<br />
7. Study <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> a strain gauge for displacement measurement.<br />
8. Measurement <strong>of</strong> flow with the help <strong>of</strong> obstruction meters.<br />
9. Use <strong>of</strong> Pitot tube to plot the velocity pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> a fluid flow through a circular duct.<br />
10. Case study <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> experimental data from fluid mechanics/thermodynamics<br />
course.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS ME – 7001<br />
Course Code ME – 7001 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Basic Concepts:<br />
Importance and scope, definition and terminology, representation <strong>of</strong> harmonic motions, introduction to various<br />
types <strong>of</strong> vibrations and types <strong>of</strong> excitation.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Single Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />
a) Undamped Free Vibrations:<br />
D Alemberts Principle, Energy method, Rayleigh method, simple applications <strong>of</strong> these methods, equivalent<br />
spring stiffness.<br />
b) Damped Free Vibrations:<br />
Introduction to different types <strong>of</strong> damping, Viscous damping, sub-critical, critical and overdamping,<br />
logarithomic decrement, frequency <strong>of</strong> damped oscillations.<br />
c) Forced Vibrations:<br />
Solution for simple harmonic excitation, steady state vibrations, base excitation, vibration isolation and<br />
transmissibility, vibration measuring instruments, whirling <strong>of</strong> shaft without friction.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Two Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />
a) Undamped Fee Vibrations:<br />
Normal modes vibrations, natural frequencies, mode shapes, forced harmonic vibrations, torsional<br />
vibrations <strong>of</strong> two rotor systems.<br />
b) Applications:<br />
Dynamic vibration absorber, centrifugal pendulum absorber, torsional vibration absorber, untuned vibration<br />
damper, gyroscopic effect on rotating shaft.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
a) Multi-Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />
Undamped free vibrations: Reciprocity theorem, Rayleigh and Dunkerley method, three rotor and geared<br />
systems.<br />
b) Continuous Systems:<br />
Free vibration <strong>of</strong> the following for various end conditions:<br />
Vibration <strong>of</strong> a string, longitudinal vibrations <strong>of</strong> bar, transverse vibration <strong>of</strong> beam, torsion <strong>of</strong> vibrations <strong>of</strong><br />
circular shaft.<br />
Suggested Books:<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by S.S.Rattan.<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by Grover.<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by V.P.Singh.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING ME – 7002<br />
Course Code ME - 7002 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />
the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Introduction to Automobiles: Classification, Components, Requirements <strong>of</strong> Automobile Body: Vehicle<br />
Frame. Types; Front Engine Rear Drive & Front Engine Front Drive Vehicles, Four Wheel Drive<br />
Vehicles.<br />
Clutches: requirement <strong>of</strong> Clutches – Principle <strong>of</strong> Friction Clutch – Wet Type & Dry Types: Single Plate<br />
Clutch, Multi plate Clutch, Centrifugal Clutches, Clutch linkages.<br />
Section – B<br />
Power Transmission: Object <strong>of</strong> the Gear Box; Different types <strong>of</strong> Gear Boxes; Sliding Mesh, Constant<br />
Mesh, Synchromesh Gear Boxes; Drive Lines, Universal Joint, Propeller Shaft, Slip Joint; Front wheel<br />
drive; Principle, Function, Construction & Operation <strong>of</strong> Differential; Rear Axles, Types <strong>of</strong> load coming<br />
on Rear Axles, Full Floating, Three Quarter Floating and Semi Floating Rear Axles.<br />
Section – C<br />
Suspension Systems: Need <strong>of</strong> Suspension Systems, Types <strong>of</strong> Suspension; factors influencing ride<br />
comfort, leaf springs, shock absorber.<br />
Steering System: Front Wheel geometry & Wheel alignment viz. Caster, Camber, King Pin Inclination,<br />
Toe-in/Toe-out; Conditions for true rolling motions <strong>of</strong> Wheels during steering: Different type <strong>of</strong><br />
Steering Gear Boxes; Steering linkages and layout; Rack & Pinion Power Steering Gear.<br />
Section – D<br />
Automotive Brakes, Tyres & Wheels: Classification <strong>of</strong> Brakes; Principle and construction details <strong>of</strong><br />
Drum Brakes, Disc Brakes; <strong>Mechanical</strong>, Hydraulic, Pneumatic Brakes; Power Assisted Brakes; Tyres<br />
<strong>of</strong> Wheels; Types <strong>of</strong> tyre & their constructional details, Tyre rotation; Excessive Tyre wear & their<br />
causes.<br />
Automotive Electrical:. Purpose & Operation <strong>of</strong> lead acid Battery, capacity rating. Purpose and<br />
Operations <strong>of</strong> the Starting System; and charging system.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Automobile Engineering by Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors.<br />
2. Automobile Engineering by Anil Chhikara, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Automotive Mechanics – Crouse/Anglin, TMIL.<br />
2. Automotive Technology – H.M.Sethi, TMH, New Delhi.<br />
3. Automotive Mechanics – S.Srinivasan, TMH, New Delhi.<br />
4. Automotive Mechanics – Joseph Heitner, EWP.<br />
5. Motor Automotive Technology by Anthony E. Schwaller – Delmer Publishers. Inc.<br />
6. The Motor Vehicle – Newton steeds Garrett, Butter Worths.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ME- 7003<br />
Course Code ME- 7003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section- A<br />
Introduction: Definition <strong>of</strong> refrigeration & air conditioning; necessity; Methods <strong>of</strong> refrigeration; Coefficient <strong>of</strong><br />
Performance(COP); Refrigerants Definition, Classification nomenclature, Desirable properties, Comparative<br />
study, secondary refrigerant, introduction to eco-friendly refrigerants; introduction to Cryogenics.<br />
Air Refrigeration System: Carnot refrigeration cycle, Brayton refrigeration or the Bell Coleman air refrigeration<br />
cycle; Necessity <strong>of</strong> cooling the aero plane; Boot strap evaporative types, Regenerative type and Reduced<br />
Ambient type system, Problems.<br />
Section- B<br />
Vapour Compression (VC) Refrigeration System: (A) Simple V.C. Ref. systems- Limitations <strong>of</strong> Reversed<br />
Carnot cycle with vapour as refrigerant; Analysis <strong>of</strong> VC cycle considering degrees <strong>of</strong> sub cooling and<br />
superheating; VC cycle on p-v, t-s and p-h diagrams; Effects <strong>of</strong> operating condition on COP; Comparison <strong>of</strong> VC<br />
cycle with Air Refrigeration Cycle. (B) Multi-stage Ref. System – cooling/ or water inter cooler: Multistage<br />
compression with flash intercooling and/ or water intercooling; system with individual or multiple expansion<br />
valves: Individual compression system with individual or multiple expansion valves; Individual compression<br />
system with individual or multiple expansion valves but with and without intercoolers.<br />
Section - C<br />
Vapour Absorption Refrigeration System, Basic Systems, Actual system, COP <strong>of</strong> the system, Relative merits<br />
and demerits; Properties <strong>of</strong> aqua ammonia; Electrolux Refrigeration.<br />
Steam Jet Refrigerating System – Introduction, Analysis, Relative merit and demerits, Performance,<br />
Applications.<br />
Cascade Refrigerating Systems- Necessity Selection <strong>of</strong> Pairs <strong>of</strong> refrigerants for the system, Concept <strong>of</strong> cascade<br />
temperature, Analysis, Multistaging, comparison with V.C. systems, Application.<br />
Section – D<br />
Psychromatry <strong>of</strong> Air & Air Conditioning Processes: Properties <strong>of</strong> moist Air, Gibbs Dalton law, Specific humidity,<br />
Dew point temperature, Degree <strong>of</strong> saturation, Relative humidity, Enthalpy, Humid specific heat, Wet bulb temp.,<br />
Thermodynamics wet bulb temp., Psychrometic chart: psychrometry <strong>of</strong> air-conditioning processes, Mixing<br />
process, Basic processes in conditioning <strong>of</strong> air.<br />
Air- Conditioning Load Calculations: Outside and inside design conditions: Source <strong>of</strong> heating load, Sources <strong>of</strong><br />
cooling load; Heat transfer through structure, Solar radiation, Electrical application Infiltration and ventilation,<br />
Heat generation Inside conditioned space: Comfort chart.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- R.C. Jordan and G.B. Priester, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />
2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning-C.P.Arora, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. A course in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning – Arora & Domukundwar, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,1989.<br />
2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- W.F. Stockerand J.W. Jones, Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi<br />
3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- Manohar Parsad Wiley Estern limited, New Delhi.<br />
40
SEMESTER – VII<br />
OPERATION RESEARCH ME – 7004<br />
Course Code ME – 7004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course OPERATION RESEARCH<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Definition and characteristics <strong>of</strong> O.R.; Decision making, Scientific decision making, Approach for<br />
scientific decision making in O.R.; Need and Limitations <strong>of</strong> O.R.<br />
Definition <strong>of</strong> models: Classification <strong>of</strong> models, construction <strong>of</strong> models, approximations <strong>of</strong> O.R. models.<br />
Section- B<br />
Allocation Model: Analysis <strong>of</strong> Industrial situations to find characteristics like key decision objective,<br />
possible alternatives & restrictions – Three categories <strong>of</strong> allocation type situation to be considered<br />
General Mathematical formulation for linear programming feasible and optimal solutions.<br />
Graphical and simplex techniques to solve linear models, modifications <strong>of</strong> minimization situation so as<br />
to be solvable by simplex method. Duality and degeneracy in simplex method. Applications and<br />
limitations <strong>of</strong> linear optimization models<br />
Section- C<br />
Net-work Models : Transportation models, methods <strong>of</strong> finding starting solution Vogel’s<br />
approximation method to find feasible solution in transportation models, methods for finding optimal<br />
solution. Assignment model, Hungarian method to find optimal solution in assignment models.<br />
Cyclic shortest route models, traveling salesman’s problem and Branch and Bound method to solve it.<br />
A cyclic shortest route models and their solution by graphical methods.<br />
Queuing theory, various types <strong>of</strong> queuing situations and their solutions.<br />
Section- D<br />
PERT & CPM: Network situations where PERT & CPM can be applied , planning, scheduling &<br />
Control, work-breakdown structure.<br />
(a) PERT NETWORKS: Events and activities, construction <strong>of</strong> network, forward & backward<br />
planning, Fulkerson’s rules, optimistic, pessimistic & most likely time estimates, frequency<br />
distribution, Mean, variance and standard deviation, expected time and latest occurrence<br />
time, definitions <strong>of</strong> stack and critical path.<br />
(b) CPM NETWORKS: Similarity and differences <strong>of</strong> CPM and PERT construction<br />
<strong>of</strong> network, earliest event time, float, total float, free float, independent float, contracting the<br />
network so as to find an optimum project schedule.<br />
Suggested Books:<br />
1. An introduction to operation research by A.H.Taha Mac. Mill. Pub.<br />
2. operation research by P.K.Gupta and D.S.Hira.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
MECHATRONICS ME – 7005<br />
Course Code ME – 7005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MECHATRONICS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />
end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section- A<br />
Introduction and Basics: What is Mechatronics?; A Measurement System with its constituent<br />
elements; Open and Closed Loop System; Sequential Controllers; Micro-processor Based Controller;<br />
The Mechatronic Approach.<br />
Section- B<br />
Hardware <strong>of</strong> Measurement Systems; Force Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature,<br />
Light Sensors along with Performance terminology ; Data Presentation Elements: Magnetic<br />
Recording; data Acquisition System; Testing & Calibration; Problems. Pneumatic, Hydraulic,<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> and Electrical actuation System: Pneumatic and hydraulic System; <strong>Mechanical</strong> Systems,<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> Motion Kinematic Chains, Cams, Gear, Trains, Ratehet & Pawl. Belt & Chain Drivers,<br />
Bearings. <strong>Mechanical</strong> aspect <strong>of</strong> Motor Selection; Electrical Systems; <strong>Mechanical</strong> & Solid State<br />
Switches; Solenoids; D.C. & A.C. Motors; Stepper Motors; Problems.<br />
Section- C<br />
Digital Logic and Programmable Logic Controller: A review <strong>of</strong> Number System & Logic Gates;<br />
Boolean Algebra; Kanaugh Maps; Sequential Logic; Basic Structure <strong>of</strong> Programmable Logic<br />
Controller; Input/ Output Processing; Programming; Timers, Internal Relays ans Counters; Master &<br />
Jump Controls; Data Handling; Analogue Input/Output; Selection <strong>of</strong> a PLC; Problems.<br />
Section- D<br />
Microprocessor and Input/Output System: Control, Microcomputer Structure: Microcontroller;<br />
Applications; Programming Languages; Instruction Sets; Assembly Language Program; Subroutines;<br />
Design and Mechatronics: Design Process; Traditional and Mechantronics Design: Possible<br />
Mechatronics design solutions for Timed Switch, Wind Screen Wiper Motion, Bath Room Scale, A<br />
Pick & Place Robot, Automatic Camera, Engine Management System & Bar Code Recorder.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Published by Addition Wesley.<br />
2. Mechatronics System Design Devdas Shetty and Richard A Kolx Brooks Cole 1997<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measuring System: David G. Alciation and<br />
Michal B. Hist and Tata McGraw Hill Edition 2003.<br />
2. Mechtronics – Sensing to Implementation – C.R. Venkatraman, Sapna 2001<br />
Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from<br />
one unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB ME-7007<br />
Course Code ME-7007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks : 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
1. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principle and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />
(a) Single plate clutch.<br />
(b) Multi plate Clutch<br />
2. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />
(a) Constant mesh Gear Box.<br />
(b) Synchromesh Gear Box.<br />
3. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />
(a) Rear Wheel Drive Line.<br />
(b) Front Wheel Drive Line.<br />
(c) Differentials<br />
4. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />
(a) Starting System<br />
(b) Ignition System<br />
5. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the Charging System<br />
6. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />
(a) Front Suspension System<br />
(b) Rear Suspension System<br />
7. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> Rack and Pinion Power steering system<br />
8. Adjusting <strong>of</strong> brake shoes and Bleeding the hydraulic brake system.
SEMESTER – V<br />
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING LAB ME – 7008<br />
Course Code EC – 7008 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:<br />
1. To study the vapour compression Refrigeration Systems and determine its C.O.P.<br />
2. To study water cooler and find its C.O.P.<br />
3. To study the ice-plant, its working cycle and determine its C.O.P and capacity.<br />
4. To determine the By-pass factor <strong>of</strong> Heating & Cooling coils<br />
5. To study the cut-sectional models <strong>of</strong> reciprocating and Rotary Refrigerant compressor<br />
6. To study the various controls used in Refrigerating & Air Conditioning System<br />
7. To study the humidification, heating, cooling and dehumidification processes<br />
8. To study Desert cooler & Window Type Air Conditioner
SEMESTER – VII<br />
OPTIMIZATION METHODS FOR ENGINEERING SYSTEM ME-7011<br />
Course Code ME – 7011 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Optimization Methods for Engineering System<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Introduction: Engineering Application; Statement <strong>of</strong> the Optimal Problem;<br />
Classification; Optimization Techniques;<br />
Classical Method : Single Variable Optimization; Multivariable Optimization<br />
Without any Constraints with Equality and Inequality Constraints.<br />
SECTION B<br />
One-Dimensional Minimization Method: Unimodal Function; Elimination<br />
Method – Dichotomous Search, Fibonocci and Golden Method; Interpolation<br />
Method – Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation Method.<br />
Unconstrained Minimization Method: Univariate, Conjugate Directions, Gradient<br />
And Variable Metric Method.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Constrained Minimization Method: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> a constrained problem;<br />
Direct Method <strong>of</strong> feasible directions; Indirect Method <strong>of</strong> interior and exterior penalty functions.<br />
Geometric Programming : Formulation and Solutions <strong>of</strong> Unconstrained and Constrained<br />
geometric programming problem.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Dynamic Programming: Concept <strong>of</strong> Sub-optimization and the principal <strong>of</strong> optimality: Calculus,<br />
Tabular and Computational Method in Dynamic Programming: An Introduction to Continuous<br />
Dynamic Programming.<br />
Integer Programming : Gomory’s Cutting Plane Method for Integer Linear<br />
Programming; Formulation & Solution <strong>of</strong> Integer Polynomial and Non- Linear problems.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Optimization (Theory & Application)- S.S. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.<br />
2. Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering – Ashok D.Belegundu and<br />
Tirupathi R Chandrupatla – Pearson Education 1999, First India Reprint 2002.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Optimization: Theory and Practice, C.S.G. Beveridge and R.S. Schechter, McGraw Hill, New<br />
York.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN ME – 7012<br />
Course Code ME – 7012 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE TOOL DESIGN<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />
each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section<br />
E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Introduction: Kinematics <strong>of</strong> Different Types <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools, Selection <strong>of</strong> Cutting<br />
Conditions and Tools, Calculation <strong>of</strong> Cutting Force on Single Point and Multipoint<br />
Tools, Hole Machining, Calculation <strong>of</strong> Power, Accuracy Requirements and Standards.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Fed Drives: Feed Drive using Feed Boxes, Axes Feed <strong>of</strong> CNC Drives, DC<br />
and AC Servomotors, Types characteristics Controllers and Their Selection, Ball<br />
Screws and Friction Screws- Guide Ways, Linear Motion System, Design Calculations<br />
<strong>of</strong> Drives, Closed Loop Operations <strong>of</strong> Feed Drives, Linear Indexing Drives.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Tool Structures: Static and Dynamic Stiffness, Dynamic Analysis <strong>of</strong><br />
cutting process, Stability, Forced Vibration, Ergonomics and Aesthetics in Machine<br />
Tool Design.<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Spindle and Spindle: Supports : Function <strong>of</strong> Spindle, Design Requirement<br />
Standard Spindle Noses, Design Calculations <strong>of</strong> Spindles. Bearing Selection and<br />
Mounting,<br />
SECTION D<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Special Purpose Machines : Modular Design Concepts, Standard Modules<br />
Example <strong>of</strong> Design <strong>of</strong> a Typical SPM with CNC, Transfer Machines.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. “ Machine Tool Design” Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. 1991, Metha, N.K.<br />
2. Design Principal <strong>of</strong> Cutting Machine Tools : Koenigs bergerf. Pergman Press<br />
Oxford.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. “Machine Tool Design”, Vol 1 and Vol III, Mir Publishers, Moscow, Macherkan.<br />
Note: in the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one<br />
question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL ME – 7013<br />
Course Code ME – 7013 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Quality Control: introduction, objectives, quality <strong>of</strong> design, quality <strong>of</strong> production, quality <strong>of</strong><br />
conformance to design, quality <strong>of</strong> inspection, process monitoring, quality and productivity, quality cost<br />
Advantages <strong>of</strong> statistical Quality Control in Industry.<br />
Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Statistics and Probability in Quality Control: Events and probability, laws <strong>of</strong><br />
probability, Statistical Distributions: Normal and Poisson distribution, their importance in SQC.<br />
Poisson Probability as approximation to Normal Probability, use <strong>of</strong> Normal and Poisson distribution<br />
tables.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Control Charts for Variables: Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> process control, tool <strong>of</strong> process control, quality<br />
characteristic, Design and use <strong>of</strong> Control for Variables: Trial control limits, control limits for future use,<br />
revision <strong>of</strong> control limits. Cause and effect diagram. Inferences on the state <strong>of</strong> the process from<br />
control charts, Type I and Type II errors and methods to reduce them. Use <strong>of</strong> X (X bar) charts and Rcharts,<br />
and R- charts, X (X bar) and σ- charts. Efficiency <strong>of</strong> a control chart. OC curve <strong>of</strong> a control<br />
chart. Computing average run length for X- chart.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Trend Control Charts, Control Charts with Reject limits and Modified Control Charts,<br />
Relationship between Specification Limits and Control Chart Limits, Process capability analysis and<br />
its importance in quality <strong>of</strong> conformance.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Control Charts for Attributes : Defectives, control charts for fraction defectives and percent<br />
fraction defectives and number <strong>of</strong> defectives. Control charts for number <strong>of</strong> defects. Comparison <strong>of</strong><br />
control charts for variables with the charts for variables with the charts for attributes. Computing<br />
Average run length for a p-chart.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Quality control Application – By Hansen BL, PH: Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />
2. Statistical Quality Control – By E.L. Grant & R.S. Levenworth; Tata McGraw Hill.<br />
Reference Books :<br />
1. Quality Control – Paranthaman, D; Tata McGraw Hill, India<br />
2. Quality Planning and Analysis- Juran J.M. and F.M. Gryna (Jr.); Tata McGraw Hill, India<br />
3. Total Quality Control – By Montgomery, D.C. John Wiley & Sons (Asia)<br />
Note : Statistical Q.C. Tables will be supplied in examination.<br />
The paper setter will set Eight question, taking at least one from each unit. Students will be<br />
required to answer only five.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
PUMPS, FANS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS ME – 7014<br />
Course Code ME – 7014 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course PUMPS, FANS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />
A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Pumps: Theory <strong>of</strong> centrifugal pump impeller, vortex theory, design <strong>of</strong> impeller, volute and<br />
diffusers, specific speed and design constants.<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Mixed Flow Impellers: Geometric relationship, axial flow pump, design, use aer<strong>of</strong>oil<br />
data for impeller design, guided vane, pump casting.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Fans: Fan laws, performance coefficient, effect <strong>of</strong> change in fan speed, density, Series and<br />
parallel operation, fan design losses, blade shape, casings.<br />
Propeller Fans: Cross flow fans, principal <strong>of</strong> operation, application, regulation <strong>of</strong> volume<br />
flow, Sources <strong>of</strong> vibration in fans, noise, and attenuation testing.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Blowers: Types, centrifugal and axial, design procedure, selection, performance, pressure<br />
application, control <strong>of</strong> volume flow.<br />
Performance Estimation: Instrumentation test rig layout, measurement <strong>of</strong> pressure<br />
temperature, use <strong>of</strong> hot wire anemometer, boundary layer probes, measurement <strong>of</strong> sound.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Compressor: Centrifugal compressor, multistage arrangement, blade design, types diffusers,<br />
performance, series and parallel operation.<br />
Axial Flow Compressors: Cascade theory, efficiency, two dimensional cascade, valor triangles<br />
and stage loading, stage reactions, losses compressor testing procedure.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Val. S. Loban<strong>of</strong>f, and Robert, R. Ross, “Centrifugal Pumps Design and Application”,<br />
Publishing House.<br />
2. Allam Wallis, R, “Axial Flow and Ducts”, John Wiley and Sons.<br />
Reference Books :<br />
1. Ronald, P. Lapina, “Estimating Centrifugal Compressor Performance”, Gulf Publishing<br />
Company.<br />
Note : In the semester, examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one<br />
question each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ME – 7015<br />
Course Code ME – 7015 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> air conditioning: Medium and large sized buildings, industrial air conditioning,<br />
residential air conditioning, air conditioning <strong>of</strong> vehicles and aircrafts.<br />
Psychrometry: Psychrometric charts, combined, heat and mass transfer, adiabatic saturation,<br />
enthalpy potential.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Air conditioning Load: comfort and design conditions, thermal transmission, infiltration and<br />
ventilation loads, heating and cooling loads, solar radiation properties, periodic heat transfer through<br />
walls and ro<strong>of</strong>s.<br />
Air conditioning system: Thermal distribution system, classic single-zone system, outdoor air control,<br />
single-zone system design, multiple-zone, terminal reheat system, dual duct or multi zone system,<br />
variable air-volume system, hydronic system, unitary system, passive air conditioning system.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Equipment Design: Fan and duct system, fan air-distribution in rooms, ventilation system,<br />
diffusers and induction, fan coil units. Cooling and dehumidifying coils – Heat and mass transfer,<br />
moisture removal, coil performance.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Controls: Pneumatic, electric and electronic controls, thermostats, dampers, outside air<br />
control, freeze protection, humidistat, acoustics and noise control.<br />
Refrigerants: Primary and secondary refrigerants, halocarbons, azeotropes, ozone depletion,<br />
eco friendly refrigerants.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Refrigeration and air conditioning-W.F. Stoecker, J.W. Jones, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Air conditioning Engineering – W.P. Jones, Edward Arnold.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Hand book <strong>of</strong> air conditioning system design – Carrier Air conditioning Co. McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Thermal Environmental Engg. – James L. Thelkeld, Prentice Hall, Inc<br />
3. Refrigeration and Air conditioning – C.P Arora, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.<br />
4. Refrigeration and Air conditioning – P.L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers<br />
Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight question, at least one<br />
question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 question.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN ME – 7016<br />
Course Code ME – 7016 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Vehicle Frame and Suspension: Study <strong>of</strong> Loads-Moments and Stresses on Frame<br />
Members computer aided design <strong>of</strong> Frame for passenger and commercial vehicle,<br />
Computer aided design <strong>of</strong> leaf springs-coil springs and torsion bar springs.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Front axle and steering system: analysis <strong>of</strong> Loads- Moments and stresses at different<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> Front axle. Determination <strong>of</strong> bearing Loads at Kingpin bearings. Wheel<br />
spindle bearings. Choice <strong>of</strong> bearings. Determination <strong>of</strong> optimum dimension and<br />
proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Clutch: Torque capacity <strong>of</strong> Clutch. Computer Aided design <strong>of</strong> clutch components,<br />
design details <strong>of</strong> roller and sprag type <strong>of</strong> clutches.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Drive line and read axle : computer aided design <strong>of</strong> propeller shaft. Design <strong>of</strong> final<br />
drive gearing. Design details <strong>of</strong> full-floating, semi-floating and three quarter floating.<br />
Rear axle shafts and rear axle housings.<br />
Text Books :<br />
1. Dean averns, automobile chassis design, IIIiffe Books Ltc 1992.<br />
2. Heldt, P.M. automobile chassis, Chilton Co. New York 1992.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Steeds. W, Mechanic <strong>of</strong> road veicles, IIIiffee Books Ltd, London 1990.<br />
2. Giles, J.G. Steering, suspension and Tyres, IIIiffee Books Ltd, Lodon, 1988.<br />
3. Newton, steeds & garret,motor vehicle, IIIiffee Books Ltd, Lodon, 1982.<br />
4. Heldt P.M. Tqrque Converter, Chilton Books Co. New York, 1982.<br />
5. Giri N.K, Automobile mechanics, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi,1986.<br />
Note: Use <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware package for analysis and design <strong>of</strong> mechanical system may be<br />
used for design problem.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS ME-7017<br />
Course Code ME – 7017 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Automation: Types <strong>of</strong> automation, reasons for automating, automation strategies, Detroit-type<br />
automation: Automated flow lines, methods <strong>of</strong> work part transport, Transfer mechanisms,<br />
buffer storage, automation for machining operations.<br />
Automated assembly systems: design for automated assembly, types <strong>of</strong> automated assembly<br />
system, part feeding devices, quantitative analysis <strong>of</strong> the delivery system operation, analysis<br />
<strong>of</strong> a single-station assembly machine, numericals.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Group Technology: Part families, part classification and coding. Types <strong>of</strong> classification and<br />
coding system, Machine cell design: The composite part concept, types <strong>of</strong> cell design.<br />
Determining the best machine arrangement, benefits <strong>of</strong> group technology.<br />
Flexible Manufacturing System: Components <strong>of</strong> an FMS, types <strong>of</strong> system, where to apply FMS<br />
technology, FMS work stations. Material handling and storage system: Functions <strong>of</strong> the<br />
handling system, FMS layout configuration, Material handling equipment, Computer control<br />
system: Computer function, FMS data file, system reports planning the FMS, analysis method<br />
for FMS, application and benefits.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Robotic technology: Joints and links, common robot configuration, work volume, types <strong>of</strong> robot<br />
control, accuracy and repeatability, other specification, and effectors, sensors in robotics.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Robot programming: Types <strong>of</strong> programming, lead through programming, motion Programming,<br />
interlocks, advantages and disadvantages, Robot languages: Motion programming, simulation<br />
and <strong>of</strong>f line programming, work cell control.<br />
Robot application: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> robot applications, robot cell design, types <strong>of</strong> robot<br />
application: Material handling, processing operation, assembly and inspection.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Automation. Production System and Computer Integrated Manufacturing.<br />
Groover M.P, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />
2. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P. Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Nanua Singh, John Wiley<br />
and Sons, 1998.<br />
2. Production Management System: A CIM Perpective Browne J, Harhen J, Shivnan J,<br />
Addison Wesley, 2 nd Ed. 1996.<br />
Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 question, at least one question from<br />
each unit, Student will be required to attempt five question.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY ME-7018<br />
Course Code ME – 7018 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Introduction: Trends <strong>of</strong> energy consumption sources <strong>of</strong> energy conventional and renewable,<br />
fossil fuel – availability and limitations, need develop new energy sources.<br />
Solar Energy: Solar radiation characteristic, Solar Collectors, Flat Plate and concentrating<br />
types, Their comparative study, design and material selection. efficiency, Selective paints and<br />
surfaces. Heating <strong>of</strong> air and water for building and other uses. Thermal storages, Solar<br />
Ponds, Solar pumps, solar Cookers etc. Direct Conversion <strong>of</strong> Solar energy to electricity and its<br />
various uses, materials, limitations and costs.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Bio-conversion: Generation <strong>of</strong> bio gas, digesters and then design, selection <strong>of</strong> material, feed to<br />
digester, paralytic gasification, production <strong>of</strong> hydrogen, Algae production and the their uses.<br />
Wind Energy: Types <strong>of</strong> rotors, horizontal axis and vertical axis system, system design and site<br />
selection.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Geo-thermal Energy: Sites, potentiality and limitation, study <strong>of</strong> different conversion system.<br />
Tidal Energy: Sites potentiality and possibility <strong>of</strong> harnessing from site, limitations.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Occan thermal energy: Principal <strong>of</strong> utilization and its limitation, description <strong>of</strong> various system.<br />
Other non-conventional energy sources: Fluidized bed combustions. Heat from waste and<br />
other sources.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Solar Energy Utilization G.D. Rai.<br />
2. Solar Heating and cooling – Duffie and Bakeman.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Power Plant Technology – M.M. EL – Wakil, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />
2. Power Plant Engineering – P.C. Sharma, S.K. Kataria and Sons.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS ME-7019<br />
Course Code ME – 7019 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Classification <strong>of</strong> Heat exchanger: Introduction; Recuperation and regeneration; Transfer processors; Geometry<br />
<strong>of</strong> construction, tubular heat exchangers, plate heat exchangers, extended surface heat exchanges ; Heat<br />
transfer mechanisms, Flow arrangements; Selection <strong>of</strong> heat exchangers.<br />
Basic design methods <strong>of</strong> heat exchanges: introduction; Arrangement <strong>of</strong> flow path in heat exchangers; basic<br />
equations in design; Overall heat transfer coefficient; Log mean temperature difference method for heat<br />
exchanger analysis, the –NTU method for heat exchanger analysis, Heat exchanger design calculation,<br />
Variable overall heat transfer coefficient, Heat exchange design methodology.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Design Correlations for Condensers and Evaporators ; Introduction ; Condensation, Film condensation on a<br />
single horizontal tube-laminar film condensation, forced convection, Film condensation in tube bundles-effect <strong>of</strong><br />
condensate inundation. Effect <strong>of</strong> vapor shear; Combined effect if inundation and vapor shear, Condensation<br />
inside tubes-condensation in vertical tubes, Flow boiling-subcooled, flow pattern, flow boiling correlations.<br />
Shell-and-tube heat exchanger: introduction basic components-shell types, tube bundle types, tubes and tube<br />
passes, tube layout, baffe type and geometry, allocation <strong>of</strong> stream; basic design procedure <strong>of</strong> a heat exchangerpreliminary<br />
estimation <strong>of</strong> unit size, rating <strong>of</strong> preliminary design.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Compact heat exchanger, Introduction; Plate-fin heat exchanger, tube-fin heat exchangers, Heat transfer,<br />
pressure, drop for finned-tube exchangers, pressure drop for plate-fin exchanger.<br />
Gasketed-Plate heat exchangers: Introduction; <strong>Mechanical</strong> features-plate pack and frame, plat types;<br />
Operational characteristics-main advantages, performance limits, Passes and flow arrangements, Applicationcorrosion,<br />
maintenance, Heat transfer and pressure, drop calculations-heat transfer area, mean flow channel<br />
gap, channel equivalent diameter, heat transfer coefficient, channel pressure drop, port pressure drop, overall<br />
heat transfer coefficient, heat transfer surface area, performance analysis , Thermal performance.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Condensers and Evaporators: introduction; Shell-and-tube condensers-horizontal shell-side condensers, vertical<br />
tube-side condensers, horizontal in-tube condensers ; steam turbine exhaust condensers ; Plate condensers ;<br />
Air-cooled condensers ; Direct contact condensers ; Thermal design <strong>of</strong> shell-and-tube condensers.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Heat Exchangers, Sadik kakac, Hongtan, CRC Press.<br />
2. Principals <strong>of</strong> heat transfer, F.Krieth & M.S. Bohn, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Heat exchangers, Design and Theory Source Books, N.H. Afgan and Schliinder (Editors). McGraw Hill Book<br />
Company.<br />
2. Compact heat Exchanger, W.M. Kays A.L. London, McGraw Hill book Company.
SEMESTER – VII<br />
EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS ME-7020<br />
Course Code ME – 7020 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instruction:<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />
cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />
course. Section A, B, C, & D will have to question from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and<br />
each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2.For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C, & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the question in<br />
Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Basic Laws <strong>of</strong> Stress transformation, principal stresses and principal planes, cauchy’s stress quards.<br />
Strain analysis, strain equations <strong>of</strong> transformation, Principal strain, Cauchy’s strain quadratic, stress –<br />
Strain relationship.<br />
Two dimensional Photoelasticity: stress optic law, optics <strong>of</strong> polarcope, plane and circular<br />
polariscopes, dark and light field arrangements fringe multiplication fringe sharp ending,<br />
compensation techniques, commonly employed photoelastic materials.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Three Dimensional Photo Elasticity: Neuman’s strain optic relationship, stress freezing in models<br />
materials for three dimensional photo elasticity, shear difference method <strong>of</strong> stress separation.<br />
Birefringent Coatings: Sensitivity, reinforcing effects and thickness <strong>of</strong> birefringent coatings.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Electric Resistance strain Gauges: Gauges construction and installation, temperature compensation,<br />
gauge sensitiveness, gauge factor, corrections for transverse strain effects. Factors affecting gauge<br />
relation. Reosettes Rosetre analysis potentiometer and wheatstone bridge circuits for strain<br />
measurements.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Brittle Costings: Introduction, coatings stresses and failure theories, different types <strong>of</strong> crack patterns,<br />
crack detection. Composition <strong>of</strong> brittle coating, coating cure, influence <strong>of</strong> atmospheric conditions,<br />
effect <strong>of</strong> biaxial stress field.<br />
Book Suggested:<br />
1. Experimental Stress Analysis – Dally & Riby, McGraw Hill, N.York 1987.<br />
2.Theory <strong>of</strong> Elasticity & Plasticity – Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1979.<br />
3. Theory <strong>of</strong> Plasticity – J. Chakrabarty, McGraw Hill, International Editions, 1987.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN ME – 8001<br />
Course Code ME – 8001<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A,<br />
B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />
the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />
calculators is allowed.<br />
Section – A<br />
Fundamental and Hardware in CAD: Introduction; the Design Process; The Application <strong>of</strong> Computer for Design; Creating<br />
the Manufacturing Data Base; Benefits <strong>of</strong> CAD; The Design Work Station; The Graphics Terminal; Operator Input<br />
Devices; Plotters and other Output Devices; The Central Processing Unit; Secondary storage.<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Computer Graphics and Graphical Techniques; Graphical Primitives; Point Plotting; Drawing <strong>of</strong> lines – DDA<br />
Algorithm; Bresenham’s Circle Algorithm; Ellipse, Scan Conversion – Real Time Conversion, Run Length Encoding, Cell<br />
Encoding, Frame Buffers, Rendering, Rasterising Polygons – Scan Converting Polygon, Seed Fill Algorithm; Hidden<br />
Surface Removal – Z buffer Algorithm, Antialiasing; Reflection; Shading; Generation <strong>of</strong> Characters; View Port; Pointing;<br />
Positioning Rubber Banding, Dragging; Clipping; Positioning <strong>of</strong> Text; Menu and Menu Alternatives; Graphics User<br />
Interface; Parts <strong>of</strong> Window Screen; Type <strong>of</strong> Windows.<br />
Section – B<br />
Two and Three Dimensional Transformations: Transformation <strong>of</strong> Point, Straight Line & Parallel Lines; Mid – Point<br />
Transformation; Rotation; Reflection; Scaling; Combined Transformation; Square and Slid body Transformation; Three<br />
Dimensional Scaling; Shearing, Rotation, Reflection and Translation; Multiple Transformation; Rotation about an Axis<br />
Parallel to a Co-ordinate Axis; Orthographic Projection; Problems.<br />
Plane and Space Curves: Curve Representation; Non – Parametric Curves; Parametric Representation <strong>of</strong> a Circle,<br />
Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola: Representation <strong>of</strong> Space Curve; Cubic Splines; Problems.<br />
Section – C<br />
Surface Description and Generation: Surfaces <strong>of</strong> Revolution, Sweep Surfaces, Quadric Surfaces, Piecewise Surface<br />
Representation, Mapping Parametric Surfaces, Bilinear Surface, Ruled and Developable Surfaces, Cone Surfaces,<br />
Beizer Surfaces Problems.<br />
Design and Drawing Using 2D & 3D Wire Frame Modeling Packages: Introduction Geometric & Wire Frame Modeling;<br />
2D & 3D Wire Frame Models Hardware for Drafting Packages; Command and Menu Driven s<strong>of</strong>twares; Features <strong>of</strong> a<br />
Drafting Package; Drawing Utilities, Entities; Edit commands, Blocks and Symbols; Display/View; Cross Hatching.<br />
Section – D<br />
Solid Modeling and Design Data Base: Scheme for representation Solid Objects – Pure Primitive Instancing, Special<br />
Occupancy Enumeration, Cell Decomposition, Constructive solid Geometry (CSG), Boundary Representation (B-Rep),<br />
Hybrid Schemes; Procedure for Creation <strong>of</strong> Solid Models, using Solid Models, using Solid Modeling Package: Data Base-<br />
Concept, Objectives, Structures, Design Considerations.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. CAD/CAM (Theory & Pactice) by Ibrahim – Zeid Published by Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />
2. Mathematical Elements for computer Graphics by David F. Rogers and J. Alan Adams, Published by McGraw<br />
Hill, New Yrk.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. CAD/CAM (Principles, Practice & Manufacturing Management) by Chris McMohan & Jimmie Browne, Published<br />
by Addison – Wesley.<br />
2. AutoCAD14 for Engg. Drawing Made Easy by P.Nageshwara Rao, Published by Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />
3. Computer Graphics & Design by P.Radhakrishnan and G.P.Kothandaraman, Dhanpat Rai Pub.(Pvt.) Ltd., New<br />
Delhi.<br />
4. CAD/CAM by Mikell P. Groover and Emory W.Zimmers, Jr. ublished by Pentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING ME – 8002<br />
Course Code ME – 8002<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course POWER PLANT ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />
entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question<br />
will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />
non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section- A<br />
Introduction: Energy resources and their availability, Types <strong>of</strong> power plant, selection <strong>of</strong> the plants,<br />
review <strong>of</strong> basic thermodynamics cycles used in power plant.<br />
Hydro Electric Power Plants : Rainfall and run-<strong>of</strong>f measurements and plotting <strong>of</strong> various curves for<br />
estimating power plants, design, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> different components <strong>of</strong> hydroelectric<br />
power plant, site selection, comparision <strong>of</strong> other types <strong>of</strong> power plants.<br />
Section- B<br />
Steam Power Plants: Flow sheet and working <strong>of</strong> modern-thermal power plants, super critical<br />
pressure steam stations, site selection, coal storage, preparation, coal handling systems, feeding<br />
and burning <strong>of</strong> pulverized fuel, ash handling systems, dust collection-mechanical dust collector<br />
and electrostatic precipitator.<br />
Gas Turbine Power Plants: Types, open and closed gas turbine, work output & thermal efficiency,<br />
methods to improve thermal efficiency <strong>of</strong> gas turbine plant- reheating, inter- cooling regeneration &<br />
their combinations, advantage and disadvantages, comparison with steam power plant, problems.<br />
Section- C<br />
Nuclear Power Plants: Principles <strong>of</strong> nuclear energy, basic nuclear reactions, nuclear power station,<br />
trouble shooting and remedies.<br />
Power Plant Economics: Effect <strong>of</strong> plant type on costs, fixed elements, energy elements, customer<br />
elements and investor’s pr<strong>of</strong>it, depreciation and replacement.<br />
Section- D<br />
Non-Conventional Power Generation: Solar radiation estimation, solar energy collectors OTEC,<br />
wind power plants, geothermal resources.<br />
Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Fuel cell, MHD power generation-principle thermoelectric<br />
power generation, thermionic power generation.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Power station Engineering and Economy by Bernhardt G.A. skrotzki and William A. Vopat-<br />
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
2. Power Plant Engineering: P.K. Nag Tata McGraw Hill second Edition 2001.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. An Introduction to Power Plant Technology by G.D. Rai-Khanna Publishers, 2-B,<br />
Nath Market, Nai Sarak, Delhi-110005<br />
2. A Course in Power Plant Engineering by Arora and Domkundwar – Dhanpat Rai and Co.<br />
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
3. Power Plant Engineering : M.M. El-Wakil McGraw Hill 1985
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT ME – 8003<br />
Course Code ME – 8003<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT<br />
Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />
Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total<br />
marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have<br />
two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />
20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the<br />
subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />
allowed.<br />
Section- A<br />
Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship, Role <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship in Indian economy, Characteristics<br />
<strong>of</strong> entrepreneur, Types <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurs, some myths and realities about entrepreneurship.<br />
Small scale industries: Introduction, Role and scope <strong>of</strong> small scale industries, concept <strong>of</strong> small<br />
scale and ancillary industries undertaking, How to start a small scale industry, Steps in launching<br />
own venture, procedure for registration <strong>of</strong> small scale industries, various development agenciestheir<br />
functions and role in industrial and entrepreneurship development, infrastructure facilities<br />
available for entrepreneurship development in India.<br />
Section- B<br />
Product planning and Development: Introduction, Requirement <strong>of</strong> a good product design, product<br />
development approaches, Product development process, Elements <strong>of</strong> concurrent engineering,<br />
quality function development, Rapid prototyping, Various controlling agencies involved; their role<br />
and formalities for getting clearance before starting individual venture.<br />
Section- C<br />
Preparation <strong>of</strong> feasibility Project Report: Tools for evolution <strong>of</strong> techno economic feasibility project<br />
report, SWOT analysis.<br />
Section- D<br />
Elements <strong>of</strong> Marketing & Scales Management<br />
Nature <strong>of</strong> product and market strategy, packing and advertising, after sales service, social<br />
responsibility and business ethics.<br />
Important Legal Provisions<br />
Sales <strong>of</strong> good act, partnership act, packing and advertising, after sales service, social responsibility<br />
and business ethics.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. The practice <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship – G.G. Meredikh, R.E. Nelson and P.A. Neek<br />
2. Handbook <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship – Rao and Pareek<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Engineering Economics - Tarachand<br />
2. Industrial Engineering and Management - Ravi Shanker<br />
3. Industrial Engineering and Management - O.P. Khanna – Dhanpat Rai & Sons,<br />
NewDelhi.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB ME - 8005<br />
Course Code ME – 8005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
39 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />
1. Implement line drawing and circle drawing algorithm.<br />
2. Write a program to create perspective and orthographic projections <strong>of</strong> 3.D<br />
Objects.<br />
3. To create 2-D and 3-D wire frame models <strong>of</strong> a bracket/spur gear on drafting<br />
package. Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/I-DEAS.<br />
4. To create cubic splines and Bezier spline curves for given control point.<br />
5. To create the surface <strong>of</strong> a diffuser section <strong>of</strong> Tunnel/propeller on solid<br />
Modeller/ Auto CAD/PROCENGINEER/I-DEAS<br />
6 To create solids e.g. cube with a hole, gear blank etc using constructive solid<br />
geometry Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/I-DEAS.<br />
7. To create solids e.g. cube with a hole, gear blank etc. using boundary<br />
representation on no gap between Auto CAD – Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/<br />
I-DEAS.<br />
At Least Six Experiments should be preformed from the above list. Remaining One<br />
Experiment designed and set by the concerned Institution as per the scope <strong>of</strong> the<br />
syllabus.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT LAB ME - 8007<br />
Course Code ME – 8007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Course<br />
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT LAB<br />
Lectures to be<br />
delivered<br />
26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Marks: 20<br />
Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />
Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />
Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />
Marks: 25<br />
Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />
Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />
iii) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />
iv) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />
Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />
candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Practical:<br />
1. Familiarization to entrepreneurship and its development in India.<br />
2. Collect the data from nearby existing small scale industries.<br />
3. Analysis <strong>of</strong> data and their different aspects.<br />
4. Suggestions, recommendation, improvements for the plant.<br />
5. To prepare the project report<br />
6. Case – Study
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING ME-8010<br />
Course Code ME – 8010<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />
cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />
the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus<br />
and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />
each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />
Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Introduction: Evolution <strong>of</strong> maintenance, objective <strong>of</strong> maintenance, maintenance and philosophies,<br />
maintenance concept maintenance management & technology, relationship with other functional<br />
areas, importance <strong>of</strong> maintenance, elements <strong>of</strong> good maintenance economics <strong>of</strong> maintenance,<br />
training and safety aspects in maintenance.<br />
Maintenance strategies; classification <strong>of</strong> maintenance programs. Corrective, preventive and<br />
predictive maintenance, comparison <strong>of</strong> maintenance programs, preventive maintenance concept,<br />
functions, benefits, limitations.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Condition based maintenance (CBM); Objectives, what to monitor, when to monitor principal <strong>of</strong> CBM,<br />
condition based maintenance techniques, manual inspections performance monitoring, vibration<br />
monitoring, oil debris. Spectroscopy thermography and corrosion, monitoring steps in implementation<br />
<strong>of</strong> CBM, benefits <strong>of</strong> CBM.<br />
Reliability Centered maintenance (RCM): RCM logic, maintenance and RCM, benefits <strong>of</strong> RCM, total<br />
productive maintenance (TPM), introduction, key supporting elements <strong>of</strong> TPM methodology,<br />
evaluation and benefits,<br />
SECTION C<br />
Non-destructive Testing (NDT): Purpose and challenges; techniques, visual aids boroscopes,<br />
endoscopes fiber obtics scanner, magnetic particles inspection, liquid penetrants. Ultrasonic<br />
radiography, selection <strong>of</strong> NTD techniques, merits/demerits and application <strong>of</strong> various techniques.<br />
Maintenance Planning and Control: Basic ingredients, basic steps in maintenance management,<br />
maintenance planning and control system, documentation, maintenance productivity areas for<br />
improvement.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Reliability; maintenance & availability techniques for improvement <strong>of</strong> operation reliability, safety and<br />
availability <strong>of</strong> machines and production system, maintainability criteria, checklist to assess the<br />
maintainability improvement program, fault diagnosis, pareto principle, ishikawa diagram.<br />
Text books:<br />
1. Maintenance planning and control – Higgin L.R. McGram Hill book company 1988.<br />
2. Maintenance planning and control – Kelley Anthony, East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.<br />
Reference books:<br />
1. Maintainability principal and practices Blanchard B.S. Lowey E.E. Mc Graw Hill.<br />
2. Practical NDT – Raj B, Jayakumar T, Thavasimutyi K, Narora Publishing House.<br />
3. Engineering Maintenance Management – Nieble Benjamin W, Marcel Dekher.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
ROBOTICS ENGINEERING ME -8011<br />
Course Code ME – 8011<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ROBOTICS ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />
cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />
the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus<br />
and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />
each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />
Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTIONA<br />
Robotic manipulation: Automation and Robots Classification – Drive Technologies Work-Envelope<br />
Geometries, Motion Control Method, Application: Robot Specifications – No. <strong>of</strong> Axes, Capacity and Speed,<br />
Reach and Stroke, Tool Orientation, Repeatability, Precision, Accuracy, Operating Environment, An Example;<br />
Rhino X-3.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Direct kinematics the arm equation homogenous Co-ordinates – frames, translation and rotations, composite<br />
homogenous transformations, screw transformations, link Co-ordinates; the arm equation; a five-axis<br />
articulated robot; a four-axis scara robot; a six-axis articulated robot; problem.<br />
Inverse kinematics: Solving the arm equation: the inverse kinematics problem general properties <strong>of</strong> solutions;<br />
tool configuration; inverse kinematics <strong>of</strong> a five-axis articulated robot, four-axis scara robot, six-axis articulated<br />
robot and three-axis planer articulated robot; A robotic work cell problems.<br />
SECTION C<br />
Work space analysis and trajectory planning; work space analysis; work envelope <strong>of</strong> a five axis articulated<br />
robot, work envelope <strong>of</strong> a four axis scara robot, work space fixtures, The pick and place Operation,<br />
Continuous path motion, Interpolated motion, straight line motion problem.<br />
Differential motion and statics: the tool configuration jacobian matrix; joint space singularties; generalised<br />
inverses; resolved motion rate control; n>6; rate control <strong>of</strong> reuntant rebots: n>6: rate control using (1)–inverse,<br />
the manipulator jacobian; induced joint Torques and forces problem.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Manipulator dynamics: Lagranges equation; kinetic & potential energy; generalized force; laqranges euler<br />
dynamic model; dynamic model <strong>of</strong> a two axis planer articulated robot and a three axis scara robot; direct &<br />
inverse dynamic recursive Newton – euler formulation; dynamic model <strong>of</strong> a one axis robot; problem.<br />
Robot control: the control problem; state equations; constant solutions; linear feedback system; single axis<br />
PID control; PD gravity control; computer – torque control; variable structure control; impedance control;<br />
problem.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Fundamental <strong>of</strong> robotics (analysis & control) by Robot J. Schilling Published by PHI, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />
2. Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics & control) by John J.Craig Published by Addition Wesley (intl.<br />
student edition).<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Analysis robotics & mechatronics by wolfram stadler Published by Mc-Graw Hill inc New Delhi.<br />
2. industrial robotics – technology programmer & application by mikell P grover weiss nagel and ordef<br />
published by Mc-Graw Hill international edition.<br />
3. A robotics Engg. Text book – mohsen shahinpoor, harper & Low publishing New York.<br />
4. Robotics principal & Practice by K.C. Jain Aggarwal, Khanna Publishers, Nai Sarak, Delhi.<br />
5. Robotics Engg.- An integrated approach Richard D.K Klafter.<br />
Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael PHI 1989.<br />
6. Foundations <strong>of</strong> robotics analysis and control – Tsuneo yashikawa MIT press 1990.indian reprint 1998.<br />
7. Robots and control – R.K. Mittal and Nagrath – Tata McGraw Hill 2003.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
ERGONOMICS AND WORK PLACE DESIGN ME-8012<br />
Course Code ME – 8012<br />
Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ERGONOMICS AND WORK PLACE DESIGN<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End<br />
Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />
Examination<br />
40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Instructions<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />
will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />
which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />
sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />
examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />
from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION A<br />
Basic Principal <strong>of</strong> ergonomics: introduction to ergonomics; anthropometry, Posture and health;<br />
anthropometry practical; display, control and HMI; tools and equipment design; work place<br />
design and assessment; task analysis; questionnaire and interview design product design and<br />
evaluation; designing for manufacture; health and safety legislation and ergonomics.<br />
SECTION B<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> ergonomics principal; cognitive ergonomic; human information processing;<br />
memory; reading; perception; Navigation; problem solving; decision making; human computer<br />
interaction; input/output technology; usability; evaluation; health problem; future system, job<br />
design, scientific management, enrichment, equipment Rotation cells, shift work, management<br />
style and job design, change management.<br />
SECTION D<br />
Case Studies: set case studies will be used to demonstrate how ergonomics has lead to<br />
changes in work activity, safety and product design case studies will include advanced computer<br />
application, workplace assessment and re-design, accident analysis and industrial inspection,<br />
and in manufacturing. Students will be required to apply the principal to a real life ergonomics<br />
design as applied to a product, service or computer application.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Work design industrial ergonomics – knoz Stephan A. Johnson steven. Holcomb Hathaway<br />
Scottsdale, AZ.<br />
2. Human factors in engineering and design Sanders M.S. & McCormick E.J (1987), 6 th ed,<br />
McGraw Hill New York.<br />
Reference Books:<br />
1. Ergonomics man in his working environment Murrell, K.F.H. (1965) Champan & Hall London.<br />
2. Man – Machine engineering chapanis A wordsworth Publishing , Co.<br />
3. The practice and management <strong>of</strong> industrial erginimics Alexander D.C.(1986), Prentice-hall<br />
Englewood chiffs NJ.<br />
4. Textbook <strong>of</strong> work Physiology Astrand, P.O. Rhodahl, K. (1986) 3 rd ed. – McGraw Hill, New<br />
York.<br />
5. Human Factors in Lighting – Boyce P.R.(1981).Macmillan, New York.<br />
6. The Ergonomics <strong>of</strong> Workspaces and Machines : A design manual – Clark, T.S. & Corlett,<br />
EN.(1984), Taylor & Francis, London.<br />
7. The worker at work : A textbook concerned with men and women in the workplace, Fraser,<br />
T.M.(1989) Taylor & Francis, London.<br />
8. Ergonomics at work, Oborne, D (1987) Wiley, London.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES ME - 8013<br />
Course Code ME – 8013 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />
Examination<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />
tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />
Marks: 40<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section<br />
E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />
type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from<br />
the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
<strong>Mechanical</strong> Processes: Ultrasonic Machining – Elements <strong>of</strong> process, cutting tool system design,<br />
effect <strong>of</strong> parameters, economic considerations, applications, limitation <strong>of</strong> the process, advantages<br />
and disadvantages. Abrasive Jet Machining – Variables in AJM, metal removal rate in AJM. Water<br />
Jet Machining – Jet cutting equipments, process details, advantages and applications.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Electrochemical and Chemical Metal Removal Processes: Electrochemical Machining – Elements<br />
<strong>of</strong> ECM process, tool work gap, chemistry <strong>of</strong> the process, metal removal rate, accuracy, surface<br />
finish and other work material characteristics, economics, advantages, applications, limitations.<br />
Electrochemical grinding – Material removal, surface finish, accuracy, advantages, applications.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Thermal Metal Removal Processes: Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) <strong>of</strong> spark erosion<br />
machining processes, mechanism <strong>of</strong> metal removal, spark erosion generators, electrode feed<br />
control, dielectric fluids, flushing, electrodes for spark erosion, selection <strong>of</strong> electrode material, tool<br />
electrode design, surface finish, machining accuracy, machine tool selection, applications. Wire cut<br />
EDM, Laser beam machining (LBM) – Apparatus, material removal, cutting speed and accuracy <strong>of</strong><br />
cut, metallurgical effects, advantages and limitations.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Plasma arc Machining (PAM): Plasma, non thermal generation <strong>of</strong> plasma, mechanism <strong>of</strong> metal<br />
removal, PAM parameters ,equipments for D.C.plasma torch unit, safety precautions, economics,<br />
other applications <strong>of</strong> plasma jets. Electron beam Machining (EBM) – Generations and control<br />
electron beam, theory <strong>of</strong> electronic beam machining, process capabilities and limitations.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Modern Machining Processes – P.C.Pandey, H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing<br />
Company Limited.<br />
2. Machining Manufacturing Science – Ghosh and Malik, Affiliated East – West Press.<br />
Reference Books:-<br />
1. Non Traditional Manufacturing Processes – Benedict G.F.Macel Dekker.<br />
2. Advanced Methods <strong>of</strong> Machining – Mc Geongh J.A., Chapman and Hall.
SEMESTER – VIII<br />
ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH ME - 8019<br />
Course Code ME – 8019 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />
50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />
Attendance 10%)<br />
Max. Marks: 50<br />
Instructions<br />
1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />
compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />
the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />
question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />
each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Introduction to Operations Research<br />
Formulation <strong>of</strong> problems, simplex method problem <strong>of</strong> degenerals, dual simplex method revised simplex<br />
method, bounded variable problems.<br />
Integer Programming<br />
Graphical method, the branch and bound technicque, Gomary’s ALL-IPP method, transportation model,<br />
unbalance in transportation, transshipment problem, sensitivity analysis in transportation problems.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Dynamic Programming<br />
Bellman’s principle <strong>of</strong> optimality, examples on the application on routing problem, inventory problem, simplex<br />
problem, marketing problem.<br />
Network Analysis<br />
PERT and CPM, probability <strong>of</strong> achieving completion data, cost analysis, graph reduction theory, updating,<br />
resource allocation, resource smoothing.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Inventory Method:<br />
Variables in an inventory problem, inventory problem, inventory models with penalty, storage and quantity<br />
discount, safety stock, inventory models with probability, demand, multi item deterministic model.<br />
Queuing Theory<br />
Poison arrivals and exponential service times, waitng time and idle time cost, single channel multi channel<br />
problem. Monte technique applied to queuing problems, Poisson arrivals and service time.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Decision Theory Game<br />
Examples on the application <strong>of</strong> theory <strong>of</strong> games 2 XM and MX2 Problems, graphic dominance and linear<br />
programming method for different problems, decision trees.<br />
Replacement Models<br />
Replacement <strong>of</strong> items that deteriorate, gradually, fail suddenly, group placement policy, concept <strong>of</strong> system<br />
reliability.<br />
Text Books:<br />
v Kumar Gupta, Prem and Hira, D.S., “Operations Research”, S Chand & Company Limited, 1986.<br />
v Swarup, Kanti, Gupta, P.K. and Manmohan, “Operations Research”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New<br />
Delhi 1988.<br />
v Srinath L.S., “PERT & CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliate East West Press (P) Limited, New<br />
Delhi, 1975.
SEMESTER-VIII<br />
CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING ME-8014<br />
Course Code CS-8014 Credits:4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max.Time: 3 hrs. Max Marks:100 Min.Pass Marks: 40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50<br />
%, Tutorials Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminars 10% Attendance 10%)<br />
Max.Marks:50<br />
1. For paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A,B,C,D & E. Section<br />
E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short<br />
answer type, which will cover the entire syallabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.Section A, B,C & D will have two<br />
questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A,B,C,D, <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E.Use <strong>of</strong> Non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
Section-A<br />
Introduction: Limitations <strong>of</strong> vapour compression systems for production <strong>of</strong> low temperature,<br />
multistage systems, cascade system, production <strong>of</strong> solid carbon dioxide, magnetic cooling.<br />
Low Temperature Thermometru: temperature scales gas-vapour pressure thermometry, adiabatic<br />
demagnetization.<br />
SECTION-B<br />
Cryogenic Gases: Properties <strong>of</strong> cryogenic fluids-oxygen, nitrogen, air, hydrogen and helium Joule-<br />
Thomson effect and liquefaction <strong>of</strong> gases, liquefaction <strong>of</strong> air, hydrogen and helium, critical<br />
components <strong>of</strong> liquefiers, reftifier columns, separation <strong>of</strong> air, separation <strong>of</strong> helium from natural<br />
gase, distillation <strong>of</strong> liquid hydrogen & purification.<br />
SECTION-C<br />
Insulation: Vacuum insulation, gas filled powders and fibrous materials, solid forms, comparison <strong>of</strong><br />
various insulating materials.<br />
Storage: Types <strong>of</strong> insulated storage containers, various design considerations, safety aspectsflammability<br />
hazards and high pressure gas hazards.<br />
SECTION-D<br />
Transportation: Two phases flow, transfer thorough insulated and uninsulated lines, liquid line<br />
indicators, pumps and valves for cryogenic liquids.<br />
Applications: Industrial applications, research and development; <strong>Mechanical</strong>, thermal and<br />
thermoelectric properties <strong>of</strong> structural material at cryogenic temperatures.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Cryogenics and refrigeration Coldin.<br />
2. Experimental techniques in low temperature physics G.K.White, Clayrendon Press, Oxford.<br />
Reference:<br />
1. Crygenic research and applications-Marshall Sitting and Stephen and Kid, D.Van Nostrand<br />
Company.Inc.USA.<br />
2. Cryogenics-Bailey C.A<br />
3. Refrigeration and air conditioners-Spark and Dillo.
SEMESTER-VIII<br />
MATERIAL HANDLING AND PLANT LAYOUT ME-8015<br />
Course Code CS-8015 Credits:4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MATERIAL HANDLING AND PLANT LAYOUT<br />
Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />
Semester End Examination Max.Time: 3 hrs. Max Marks:100 Min.Pass Marks:40<br />
Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50<br />
%, Tutorials Assignments 30%,<br />
Quiz/Seminars 10% Attendance 10%)<br />
Max.Marks:50<br />
1. For paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A,B,C,D & E. Section<br />
E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short<br />
answer type, which will cover the entire syallabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />
<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.Section A, B,C & D will have two<br />
questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />
2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />
question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A,B,C,D, <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />
the questions in Section E.Use <strong>of</strong> Non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />
SECTION-A<br />
General : Concepts and factors governing plant locations economics, rural economics, rural Vs<br />
urban plant sites, case studies (i) Selection <strong>of</strong> a site for s<strong>of</strong>tware company(ii) Selection <strong>of</strong> a site for<br />
XYZ Company: analysis <strong>of</strong> alternatives.Introduction <strong>of</strong> plant layout, principles and objectives <strong>of</strong><br />
effective layout, advantages <strong>of</strong> good layout, symptoms <strong>of</strong> bad layout.Types <strong>of</strong> plant layout , their<br />
features.Applications and comparison, Introduction to group technology: its relevance, application<br />
and advantages.<br />
SECTION-B<br />
Planning the layout: Factors influencing plant layout; material factors, machinery factors, man<br />
factors movement factors, waiting factors, service factors, change factors, building factors,<br />
workstation design methods <strong>of</strong> plants and factory layout, plant layout procedure, factory building ,<br />
building equipments, common problems in plant layout, tool and techniques <strong>of</strong> layout, operation<br />
process chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, evaluating alternate layout-various<br />
methods.<br />
Line balancing: Objective <strong>of</strong> line balancing problems; constraint in line balancing problem,<br />
terminology in assembly line, preventive measures to achieve a balanced production line.<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> line balancing: (a) Assembly line balancing (b) Fabrication line balancing, Heuristic and<br />
other method <strong>of</strong> line balancing, simple numerical problems in line balancing.<br />
SECTION-C<br />
Materials handing : Objectives <strong>of</strong> material handling systems, material handling engineering survey,<br />
basic features <strong>of</strong> handling, types <strong>of</strong> material handling systems, material handling engineering<br />
survey, basic features <strong>of</strong> handling, various materials handling, considerations including combined<br />
handling, space for movements, analysis <strong>of</strong> handling methods, economical and technical<br />
considerations <strong>of</strong> handling equipment, cost analysis <strong>of</strong> material handling systems.
SECTION-D<br />
Material handling equipments: Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> material handling equipment;<br />
selection and maintenance <strong>of</strong> material handling equipments, characteristics <strong>of</strong> material<br />
handling equipments such as conveyers, cranes, hoist, Amount <strong>of</strong> equipments required<br />
and predicting in process inventory by graphical technique.<br />
Travel Chart: Procedure for travel charting, numerical problem on optimum arrangement <strong>of</strong> various<br />
departments <strong>of</strong> shops under given constraints and to check their effectiveness.<br />
Text Books:-<br />
1. Plant Layuot and design – By Moore.<br />
2. Plant Layout and material handling – By Apple.<br />
Reference Books:-<br />
1. Plant Layout – By Shubhin.<br />
2. Construction Management - Mahesh Verma.
Semester – VIII<br />
GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION ME-8016<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Compressible Flow: Wave propagation and sound velocity; Mach number and compressible flow<br />
regimes; basic equations for one dimensional compressible flow, isentropic flow relations; area<br />
velocity relation; normal shock waves, relations between upstream and downstream flow<br />
parameters.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Gas Turbine Systems and Cycles: System <strong>of</strong> operations <strong>of</strong> gas turbines – constant volume and<br />
constant pressure gas turbines; thermodynamics <strong>of</strong> Brayton cycle; regeneration – intercooling.<br />
Reheating and their combinations; closed cycle and semi closed cycle gas turbines; gas Vs<br />
I.C.engines and steam turbines.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Compressors: Classification – positive displacement and dynamic compressors. Operations <strong>of</strong><br />
single stage reciprocating compressors, best value <strong>of</strong> index <strong>of</strong> compression, isothermal efficiency,<br />
effect <strong>of</strong> clearance and volumetric efficiency, multistage compression, air motors. Centrifugal<br />
compressors, static and total head values; velocity vector diagrams; slip factor; pressure coefficient<br />
and prewhirl, Axial flow compressors; degree <strong>of</strong> reactions and polytropic efficiency performance<br />
characteristics, surging, choking and stalling.<br />
Combustion System: Types, combustion process, combustion intensity efficiency and pressure<br />
loss.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Air breathing Propulsion Systems: Principle <strong>of</strong> jet propulsion; analysis and performance<br />
characteristics <strong>of</strong> turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and pulsejet; thrust power and propulsion efficiency.<br />
Rocket Propulsion: Operating principle; solid and liquid propellants, performance analysis<br />
calculations for specific impulse and propulsive efficiency.<br />
Text Books:<br />
1. Gas Turbine Theory – Cohen and Rogers.<br />
2. Principle <strong>of</strong> Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbine – Zucrow M J.<br />
Reference Book: Heat Engineering – Vasandani V P and Kumar D S, Metropolitan Book Co Pvt.<br />
Ltd.
SEMESTER - VIII<br />
EMERGING AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGIES ME – 8017<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Fuel Cell Technology for Vehicles: What is fuel cell, Type <strong>of</strong> fuel cell, Advantage <strong>of</strong> fuel cell.<br />
Current state <strong>of</strong> the technology. Potential and challenges. Advantages and disadvantages <strong>of</strong><br />
hydrogen fuel.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Latest Engine Technology Features: Advances in diesel engine technology, Direct fuel injection<br />
Gasoline engine. Diesel particular emission control. Throttling by wire. Variable Valve Timing,<br />
Method used to effect variable Valve Timing. Electromagnetic Valves. Camless engine actuation.<br />
42 Volt System: Need, benefits, potentials and challenges. Technology Implications for the<br />
Automotive Industry. Technological evolution that will occur as a result <strong>of</strong> the adoption <strong>of</strong> 42 volt<br />
systems.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles: Types <strong>of</strong> hybrid systems, Objective and Advantages <strong>of</strong> hybrid<br />
systems. Current status, Future developments and prospects <strong>of</strong> Hybrid Vehicles.<br />
Integrated Starter Alternator: Starts stop operation, Power Assist. Regenerative braking.<br />
Advanced lead acid batteries, Alkaline batteries, Lithium batteries, Development <strong>of</strong> new energy<br />
storage systems. Deep discharge and rapid charging ultra capacitors.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
X-By Wire Technology: What is X-By Wire, Advantage over hydraulic systems, Use <strong>of</strong><br />
Automotive micro controllers, Types <strong>of</strong> censors. Use <strong>of</strong> actuators in an automobile environment.<br />
Vehicle Systems: Constantly Variable Transmission, benefits, Brake by wire, Advantages over<br />
power Braking systems. Electrical assist. Steering, Steering by wire, Advantages <strong>of</strong> steering by<br />
wire. Semi-active and fully active suspension system. Advantages <strong>of</strong> fully active suspension system.<br />
Text and Reference Books:<br />
1. Advanced Vehicle technologies by Heinz Heisler – SAE International Publication.<br />
2. Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles by Ronald K.Jurgen – SAE International Publication.<br />
3. Batteries for Electric Vehicles by DAJ Rand, R.Woods and R.M.Dell – SAE International<br />
Publication.<br />
4. Electronics Braking, Traction and Stability Control – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />
5. Electronics steering and suspension systems – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />
6. 42 Volt systems by Daniel J. Holt – SAE International Publication.<br />
7. Diesel Particulate Emission by J. H. Johnson – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />
8. Fuel Cell Technologies for Vehicles by Richard Stobart – SAE Hardboud papers.
SEMESTER- VIII<br />
THEORY OF ELASTICITY & PLASTICITY ME – 8018<br />
SECTION – A<br />
Basic Elasticity: Three dimensional stress and strain systems. Principal stresses, principal<br />
strains and Principal planes. Mohr’s circle for 3-dimensional stress and strain systems.<br />
Two Dimensional Elasticity: Stress functions, plane stress and plain strain methods.<br />
Torsion: Torsion <strong>of</strong> circular and elliptical bars – Elastic analysis.<br />
SECTION – B<br />
Introduction to Plasticity: Idealised stress strain systems, approximate equation for stress strain<br />
curves (Remberg – Osgood, Ludwing’s and Karunes equations), Bausschinger effect-yield<br />
locus, yield surface.<br />
SECTION – C<br />
Yield Criteria and Flow Rules: Tresca theory & Von-Mises yield criterion, their geometrical<br />
representation, experimental evidence for the criteria.<br />
Slip line field Theory: Two dimensional plasticity, slip lines, basic equations, Hencky’s first<br />
theorem, Geiringer’s Velocity equation, Application <strong>of</strong> slip line field theory to plane strain<br />
problems.<br />
SECTION – D<br />
Load Bounding: The lower bound theorem, the upper bound theorem and their corollaries.<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> load bounding to plane strain problems.<br />
Books Suggested:<br />
1. Plasticity for Mech. Engrs.: Johnson & Miller – Van Nostrand.<br />
2. Exp. Analysis : Dally & Riley.<br />
3. Elasticity : Sokolnik<strong>of</strong>f.<br />
4. Analysis <strong>of</strong> stress and strain: Durlli, Phillips – McGraw Hill.<br />
5. Engg. Plasticity: Calladina – Pergaman Press.